Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
FSS2022-0010
ADDITIONAL SITES CHRONOLOGY CHRONOLOGY TYPE STAFF NAME ACTION DATE COMPLETION DATE NOTES Team: The Conference Call Meeting on 3/22/22 at 3:15 pm, was a very productive use of our time. Thanks for your participation. Here is a brief update from our meeting: Attendees: Seth Briskman Brad Lowe Kohl Hetrick Jonathan Stahl Travis Mack (Shasta FP Lead Designer) Jeremy Dunn Sam Sheinberg John Staff Description: MONTAGE GOLF CLUBHOUSE/ BCOM2019-0070 Type: FIRE SPRINKLER (WEB)Subtype: COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL Status: ISSUED Applied: 1/20/2022 ECON Parcel No: 777490013 Site Address: 79565 CLUBHOUSE DR LA QUINTA,CA 92253 Approved: 4/15/2022 KHET Subdivision: PM 33367 Block: Lot: 21 Issued: 7/5/2022 ONLINE Lot Sq Ft: 0 Building Sq Ft: 0 Zoning: Finaled: Valuation: $45,000.00 Occupancy Type: Construction Type: Expired: 1/1/2023 ECON No. Buildings: 0 No. Stories: 0 No. Unites: 0 Details: Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 1 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 E-MAIL KOHL HETRICK 3/23/2022 3/23/2022 Discussion/Action: 1. The planned 30 minute meeting at 3:15 lasted until about 4:30 2. The Annular Space requirements of pipe clearance through beams and joists has been resolved. Kohl agreed we are in compliance by following NFPA 13 section 9.3.4.6. 3. Fire pipe can be supported by holes passing through beams and joists. Pipe parallel to joists requires minimum support at 15’. Compliance shall follow NFPA Figure 9.3.4.10 4. Brad Lowe will review drawings for structural reaction loads and/or conformance with “tested details”. Gravity and lateral loads shall be transferred using the tested/approved blocking system. Travis Mack showed a system proposed for use with TJI products (which are not used at the project). There are similar products for other joist fabricators. Upon receipt of drawings that include the correct documentation, Brad will review and provide the SEOR “Reviewed for Conformance” stamp on each set. This is acceptable to Kohl Hetrick in lieu of the note requiring stamped/sealed fire sprinkler drawings. 5. Lateral force restraint (Tobrace) was reviewed with Kohl and Brad. The proposed attachments must not exceed allowable transfer forces using the approved/tested system. Shasta will use additional restraints so the forces meet this requirement. 6. Restraints must match the Joist system used. RDOC will send Joist shops to Shasta for both projects and JC Fire Protection for the Hotel. 7. Kohl Hetrick requires the blocking/support details intended for use to be added to the shops submitted for re- check (only include the blocking actually used). Kohl would like the entire system manual submitted for record in the event an alternate attachment is required. 8. Timeline for resubmittal of the GCH FP package not provided by Shasta, however it needs to be expedited so that when work resumes, Shasta can commence installation. 9. At least one of the hotel building will be ready for plan review pick up and will incorporate comments adding the Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 2 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 CONTACTS NAME TYPE NAME ADDRESS1 CITY STATE ZIP PHONE FAX EMAIL APPLICANT SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION INC 72120 NORTHSHORE ST #C THOUSAND PALMS CA 92276 (760)404-1350 jpaulus@shastafire.co m above and any other corrections (JC Fire). 10. OCC Team sent its joist shops (Boise Cascade) to Shasta on 3/22, and the GCH shops (Roseberg) and Hotel (Pacific Wood Products) on 3/23/22. 11. RDOC sent APA Fire Sprinkler pipe support design manuals to Shasta and JC Fire. The design teams of each shall reach out to the joist fabricator and submit confirmation these documents are approved for use with the products furnished at the Silver Rock project. Attachments to this message: APA Fire Sprinkler pipe support design manuals. Note the APA version limits the deadload pipe size to 3” or a point load up to a specific weight. Shasta and JC Fire should reach out to the joist manufacturer and confirm the requirements for the proposed joists at each building. Please review the above and advise the writer of any incorrect states/discussion from our meeting or any additional information/documentation that will facilitate a smooth approval and permitting of the fire system drawings. You may forward this message to any party that has an interest or would benefit from its receipt. Sincerely, JOHN STAFF, LEED AP Senior Project Manager CONDITIONS Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 3 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 CONTACTS NAME TYPE NAME ADDRESS1 CITY STATE ZIP PHONE FAX EMAIL CONTRACTOR SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION INC 72120 NORTHSHORE ST #C THOUSAND PALMS CA 92276 (760)404-1350 jpaulus@shastafire.co m OWNER SILVERROCK PHASE 1 3551 FONTUNA RANCH RD ENCINITAS CA 92924 (760)404-1350 FINANCIAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION ACCOUNT QTY AMOUNT PAID PAID DATE RECEIPT #CHECK #METHOD PAID BY CLTD BY FIRE FAILED OR ADDITIONAL RE- INSPECTION 101-0000-42421 0 $167.00 $167.00 7/5/22 WEB12422 637994291 27 CREDIT 476633 ECON FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS COMMERCIAL/INDUSTR IAL 101-0000-42421 0 $240.00 $240.00 4/30/22 WEB11601 636861591 12 CREDIT 476633 ECON FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS COMMERCIAL/INDUSTR IAL PC 101-0000-42420 0 $667.00 $667.00 4/30/22 WEB11601 636861591 12 CREDIT 476633 ECON Total Paid for FIRE FEES: $1,074.00 $1,074.00 8/24/2022: FSS2022- 0010 / JONATHAN STAHL / EEO 101-0000-20330 0 $923.00 $923.00 4/30/22 R70375 WEB11600 CREDIT JONATHAN STAHL AMA PAYMENT OVER COLLECTED 101-0000-20330 0 $923.00 $923.00 4/30/22 R70375 WEB11600 CREDIT JONATHAN STAHL AMA Total Paid for PAYMENT OVER COLLECTED: $1,846.00 $1,846.00 RECORDS MANAGEMENT FEE 101-0000-42416 0 $11.00 $11.00 4/30/22 WEB11601 636861591 12 CREDIT 476633 ECON Total Paid for RECORDS MANAGEMENT FEE: $11.00 $11.00 Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 4 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 INSPECTIONS SEQID INSPECTION TYPE INSPECTOR SCHEDULED DATE COMPLETED DATE RESULT REMARKS NOTES UG HYDRO KHET 6/27/2022 6/27/2022 APPROVED HYDRO ONLY APPROVED UG ROUGH PIPING KHET 6/27/2022 6/27/2022 DISAPPROVE D SEE ATTACHMENTS Seismic Restraints need to be corrected at a number of locations. Strap backing nuts are required where installed in composite component of wood truss. Reinspection required. *Piping layout changes observed and appear to be acceptable. Revised plans and calcs as well as Structural Engineer Review required prior to final. ** Fire Alarm Rough Wire is required prior to insulating and covering under the BCOM Overhead Rough Piping inspection clearance. UG ROUGH PIPING KHET 6/30/2022 6/30/2022 APPROVED Corrections addressed REVIEWS REVIEW TYPE REVIEWER SENT DATE DUE DATE RETURNED DATE STATUS REMARKS NOTES 1ST FIRE - ETRAKIT (2 WK) KOHL HETRICK 1/20/2022 2/3/2022 2/12/2022 REVISIONS REQUIRED SEE ATTACHMENTS PARENT PROJECTS DESCRIPTION ACCOUNT QTY AMOUNT PAID PAID DATE RECEIPT #CHECK #METHOD PAID BY CLTD BY TECHNOLOGY ENHANCEMENT FEE 502-0000-43611 0 $5.00 $5.00 4/30/22 WEB11601 636861591 12 CREDIT 476633 ECON Total Paid for TECHNOLOGY ENHANCEMENT FEE: $5.00 $5.00 TOTALS:$2,936.00 $2,936.00 Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 5 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 ATTACHMENTS Attachment Type CREATED OWNER DESCRIPTION PATHNAME SUBDIR ETRAKIT ENABLED DOC 1/20/2022 Etrakit Contractor 1ST SUBMITTAL AUTO FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS 21-071_SRL_SF_CH_FP DRAWINGS_2022-01- 20.pdf 1 DOC 1/20/2022 Etrakit Contractor 1ST SUBMITTAL AUTO FIRE SPKR HYD CALCS 21- 071_SRL_SF_CH_HYDRA ULIC CALCULATIONS_2022-01 -20.pdf 1 DOC 1/20/2022 Etrakit Contractor 1ST SUBMITTAL MATERIAL SUBMITTAL MATERIAL SUBMITTAL_UPDATED_ 2020-01-14.pdf 1 DOC 1/20/2022 Etrakit Contractor 1ST SUBMITTAL LA QUINTA PLAN REVIEW APP LA QUINTA PLAN REVIEW APPLICATION.pdf 1 DOC 2/25/2022 Etrakit Contractor MONTAGE GOLF CLUBHOUSE REVISED FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS 2-25-22 FSS 2022 0010 REVISED FIRE SPKR PLANS 2-25- 22.pdf 1 DOC 2/25/2022 Etrakit Contractor REVISED FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS RESPONSE LETTER 2-25- 22 FSS 2022 0010 CORRECTION LETTER RESPONSE 2-25-22.pdf 1 BOND INFORMATION 1ST PERMIT TECH – ETRAKIT (1 DAY) PERMIT TECH BUCKET 1/20/2022 1/21/2022 1/25/2022 COMPLETE 2ND FIRE (1 WK)KOHL HETRICK 2/25/2022 3/4/2022 3/12/2022 REVISIONS REQUIRED SEE ATTACHMENTS 3RD FIRE (1 WK)KOHL HETRICK 3/25/2022 4/1/2022 4/15/2022 APPROVED SEE ATTACHMENTS Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 6 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 ATTACHMENTS Attachment Type CREATED OWNER DESCRIPTION PATHNAME SUBDIR ETRAKIT ENABLED DOC 3/25/2022 Etrakit Contractor REVISED FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS 3-25- 22 MONTAGE GOLF CLUBHOUSE REVISED FS DESIGN 3-25-22.pdf 1 DOC 3/25/2022 Etrakit Contractor REVISED HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS 3-25-22 MONTAGE GOLF CLUBHOUSE REVISED HYD CALCS 3-25-22.pdf 1 DOC 3/25/2022 Etrakit Contractor RESPONSE LETTER 3-25- 22 FSS2022-0010 Revision 2 Response Letterhead 2022-03-24.pdf 1 DOC 8/24/2022 ELIZABETH MOLINA REFUND APPROVAL REFUND APPROVAL FOR MULTIPLE PERMITS.pdf 0 DOC 2/12/2022 KOHL HETRICK FSS2022-0010 - 1ST REVIEW - FIRE CORRECTIONS.pdf FSS2022-0010 - 1ST REVIEW - FIRE CORRECTIONS.pdf 1 DOC 3/12/2022 KOHL HETRICK FSS2022-0010 - 2ND REVIEW - FIRE CORRECTIONS.pdf FSS2022-0010 - 2ND REVIEW - FIRE CORRECTIONS.pdf 1 DOC 4/15/2022 KOHL HETRICK FSS2022-0010 - COA AND JOB CARD.pdf FSS2022-0010 - COA AND JOB CARD.pdf 1 DOC 4/15/2022 KOHL HETRICK FSS2022-0010 - APPROVED PLANS AND CALCS.pdf FSS2022-0010 - APPROVED PLANS AND CALCS.pdf 1 DOC 6/27/2022 KOHL HETRICK FSS2022-0010 - 6-27- 2022 - Insp Notes.pdf FSS2022-0010 - 6-27- 2022 - Insp Notes.pdf 1 Printed: Friday, March 10, 2023 8:34:27 AM 7 of 7 Permit Details City of La Quinta PERMIT NUMBER FSS2022-0010 Hydraulic Calculations Location: 79-565 Clunhouse Drive, La Quinta, CA 92253, Project Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Drawing Name: 22-076_SRL_SF_FP_CLUBHOUSE.cad Calculation Date: 3/23/2022 for Design Remote Area Location: Ordinary Group II Commodity Classification: Area of Application: 1500ft² (Actual 1325.6ft²) Coverage per Sprinkler: 130ft² Type of sprinklers calculated: 16 PRO SHOP ORD GRP II RMA 1Remote Area Number: Occupancy Classification: No. of sprinklers calculated: Density 0.20gpm/ft² Pendent No. of nozzles calculated:0 In-rack Demand: Hose Streams:at Node:Type:Allowance at Source N/Aat Node:N/A gpm 1250.00 (including Hose Streams where applicable):Total Water Required 69.05@664.70From Water Supply at Node 1:(Safety Margin = 19.85 psi) Type of System: WET Volume of Dry or PreAction System:N/A Name of Contractor:SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION, INC Authority Having Jurisdiction: Address: Phone Number: Name of designer: 72120 NORTHSHORE ST, SUITE C, THOUSAND PALMS, CA 760-404-1350 Erik Lindsay Notes: 3/23/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:21AMRMA 1 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:23AM Hydraulic Graph CH Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:23AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Pressure Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Ordinary Group II (RMA 1) Job Number: 21-071 Sprinkler 201 34.03 26.00 8 18.09 Sprinkler 202 16.29 11.11 4.2 15.04 Sprinkler 203 14.85 11.11 4.2 12.51 Sprinkler 204 30.64 26.00 8 14.67 Sprinkler 205 14.66 11.11 4.2 12.18 Sprinkler 206 29.89 26.00 8 13.96 Sprinkler 207 30.91 26.00 8 14.93 Sprinkler 208 28.61 26.00 8 12.79 Sprinkler 209 30.65 26.00 8 14.68 Sprinkler 210 28.49 26.00 8 12.68 Sprinkler 211 30.81 26.00 8 14.84 Sprinkler 212 16.55 11.11 4.2 15.54 Sprinkler 213 29.68 26.00 8 13.76 Sprinkler 214 26.23 26.00 8 10.75 Sprinkler 215 26.40 26.00 8 10.89 Sprinkler 216 26.00 26.00 8 10.56 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:25AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 80.001 69.05664.701625.00 88.9091.00Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3'-0"414.7069.05Supply1 11'-11"34.0318.09Sprinkler201 9'-0"16.2915.04Sprinkler202 9'-0"14.8512.51Sprinkler203 10'-0"30.6414.67Sprinkler204 9'-0"14.6612.18Sprinkler205 10'-0"29.8913.96Sprinkler206 10'-0"30.9114.93Sprinkler207 11'-11"28.6112.79Sprinkler208 10'-0"30.6514.68Sprinkler209 11'-11"28.4912.68Sprinkler210 10'-0"30.8114.84Sprinkler211 9'-0"16.5515.54Sprinkler212 10'-0"29.6813.76Sprinkler213 11'-11"26.2310.75Sprinkler214 11'-11"26.4010.89Sprinkler215 11'-11"26.0010.56Sprinkler216 1'-0"52.742 5'-7½"49.953 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:27AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 12'-7"32.8333 11'-8"14.8036 10'-6"20.0238 12'-7"22.3241 11'-8"12.1242 10'-6"18.4645 10'-6"18.4050 10'-6"16.1452 12'-5"14.7354 10'-6"18.0055 10'-6"17.0560 10'-6"17.9562 10'-6"16.7663 10'-6"16.3264 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:27AM Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 7'-0" 12'-5"19'-6" -0.21 4.12 11'-11"12'-6"216 66 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.5626.00 0.211435 Sprinkler, 26.00 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 9'-1½" 10'-6"16'-0½" 0.83 1.45 12'-5"6'-11"66 63 1½(See Notes) 1.6540 14.4728.49 0.090485 Flow (q) from Route 4 54.49 2E(4'-6½") 120 11'-4½" 10'-6"20'-4½"1.25 10'-6"9'-0"63 55 2 (See Notes) 2.1230 16.7630.65 0.061254 Flow (q) from Route 9 85.14 PO(11'-4½") 120 10'-6"6'-8½"0.40 10'-6"6'-8½"55 50 3 3.2600 18.0085.76 + 86.89 0.058901 Flow (q) from Route 2 and 3 257.79 120 10'-6"0'-9½"0.06 10'-6"0'-9½"50 45 3 3.2600 18.4046.44 0.080022 Flow (q) from Route 7 304.23 120 9'-5" 10'-6"16'-4"1.56 10'-6"6'-11"45 38 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 18.4630.64 0.095565 Flow (q) from Route 8 334.87 E(9'-5") 120 18'-10" 12'-7"26'-5" -0.90 3.20 10'-6"7'-7½"38 41 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 20.0245.80 0.121144 Flow (q) from Route 12 380.67 2E(9'-5") 120 28'-2½" 12'-7"74'-0½"10.51 12'-7"45'-10"41 33 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 22.3234.03 0.141934 Flow (q) from Route 14 414.70 3E(9'-5") 120 208'-0½" 5'-7½"365'-9½" 3.01 14.11 12'-7"157'-9"33 3 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 32.83 0.038568414.70 10E(13'-2"), 2EE(5'-3"), 2T(26' -4"), E(2'-0"), CH 120 15'-9½" 1'-0"20'-3" 2.01 0.78 5'-7½"4'-5½"3 2 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 49.95 0.038568414.70 2f(-0.00), BV(15'-9½") 120 119'-3" -3'-0"224'-0" 1.73 14.58 1'-0"104'-9"2 1 4 (See Notes) 4.0800 52.74 0.031496414.70 7E(16'-1½"), PIV(3'-2½"), BFP( -7.52), GV(3'-2½"), S 150 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:30AMRMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 1 250.00 Hose Allowance At Source 664.70 Route 1Total(Pt) 69.05 7'-0" 12'-5"19'-6" -0.21 4.19 11'-11"12'-6"214 54 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.7526.23 0.214880 Sprinkler, 26.23 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 9'-1½" 10'-6"16'-3½" 0.83 1.49 12'-5"7'-2"54 60 1½(See Notes) 1.6540 14.7328.61 0.091570 Flow (q) from Route 5 54.84 2E(4'-6½") 120 11'-4½" 10'-6"15'-4½"0.96 10'-6"4'-0"60 55 2 (See Notes) 2.1230 17.0530.91 0.062081 Flow (q) from Route 11 85.76 PO(11'-4½") 120 18.00 Total(Pt)Route 2 13'-0" 10'-6"22'-1" 0.62 4.80 11'-11"9'-1"215 64 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 10.8926.40 0.217526 Sprinkler, 26.40 8 4E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 6'-10" 10'-6"8'-1"1.64 10'-6"1'-3"64 62 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 16.3229.68 0.201970 Flow (q) from Route 6 56.08 PO(6'-10") 120 10'-6"6'-7"0.05 10'-6"6'-7"62 55 3 3.2600 17.9530.81 0.007878 Flow (q) from Route 10 86.89 120 18.00 Total(Pt)Route 3 7'-0" 12'-5"8'-0" -0.21 2.00 11'-11"1'-0"210 66 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.6828.49 0.250420 Sprinkler, 28.49 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 14.47 Total(Pt)Route 4 7'-0" 12'-5"8'-6" -0.21 2.14 11'-11"1'-6"208 54 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.7928.61 0.252444 Sprinkler, 28.61 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 14.73 Total(Pt)Route 5 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:30AMRMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 2'-0" 10'-6"10'-3" -0.21 2.76 10'-0"8'-3"213 64 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.7629.68 0.270070 Sprinkler, 29.68 8 E(2'-0") 120 16.32 Total(Pt)Route 6 7'-0" 10'-6"8'-9" -0.21 2.39 10'-0"1'-9"206 52 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.9629.89 0.273595 Sprinkler, 29.89 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 6'-10" 10'-6"15'-10"2.26 10'-6"9'-0"52 50 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 16.1416.55 0.142482 Flow (q) from Route 16 46.44 PO(6'-10") 120 18.40 Total(Pt)Route 7 9'-0" 10'-6"14'-0" -0.21 4.00 10'-0"5'-0"204 45 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.6730.64 0.286438 Sprinkler, 30.64 8 2E(2'-0"), PO(5'-0") 120 18.46 Total(Pt)Route 8 7'-0" 10'-6"8'-0" -0.21 2.29 10'-0"1'-0"209 63 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.6830.65 0.286621 Sprinkler, 30.65 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 16.76 Total(Pt)Route 9 7'-0" 10'-6"11'-6" -0.21 3.32 10'-0"4'-6"211 62 1 • • • • • Route 10 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.8430.81 0.289524 Sprinkler, 30.81 8 E(2'-0"), PO(5'-0") 120 17.95 Total(Pt)Route 10 7'-0" 10'-6"8'-0" -0.21 2.32 10'-0"1'-0"207 60 1 • • • • • Route 11 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.9330.91 0.291253 Sprinkler, 30.91 8 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 17.05 Total(Pt)Route 11 4'-0" 11'-8"14'-10" -1.15 1.09 9'-0"10'-10"205 42 1 • • • • • Route 12 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.1814.66 0.073252 Sprinkler, 14.66 4.2 2E(2'-0") 120 11'-8"10'-0"2.67 11'-8"10'-0"42 36 1 1.0490 12.1214.85 0.267327 Flow (q) from Route 13 29.51 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:30AMRMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 20'-6½" 10'-6"33'-11½" 0.51 4.72 11'-8"13'-5"36 38 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 14.8016.29 0.138882 Flow (q) from Route 15 45.80 2T(6'-10"), PO(6'-10") 120 20.02 Total(Pt)Route 12 7'-0" 11'-8"10'-1½" -1.15 0.76 9'-0"3'-1½"203 42 1 • • • • • Route 13 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.5114.85 0.075062 Sprinkler, 14.85 4.2 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 12.12 Total(Pt)Route 13 7'-0" 12'-7"12'-11½" -0.28 4.51 11'-11"5'-11½"201 41 1 • • • • • Route 14 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 18.0934.03 0.347802 Sprinkler, 34.03 8 E(2'-0"), mecT(5'-0") 120 22.32 Total(Pt)Route 14 7'-0" 11'-8"10'-1½" -1.15 0.90 9'-0"3'-1½"202 36 1 • • • • • Route 15 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 15.0416.29 0.089015 Sprinkler, 16.29 4.2 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 14.80 Total(Pt)Route 15 5'-0" 10'-6"13'-7½" -0.64 1.25 9'-0"8'-7½"212 52 1 • • • • • Route 16 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 15.5416.55 0.091721 Sprinkler, 16.55 4.2 T(5'-0") 120 16.14 Total(Pt)Route 16 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 10AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:30AMRMA 1 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 1 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 Fittings Legend ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 11AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:29AMRMA 1 Flow Diagram (Current View) Report Description: Ordinary Group II (RMA 1) Job Number: 21-071 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 12AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:50:31AM Hydraulic Calculations Location: 79-565 Clunhouse Drive, La Quinta, CA 92253, Project Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Drawing Name: 22-076_SRL_SF_FP_CLUBHOUSE.cad Calculation Date: 3/23/2022 for Design Remote Area Location: Ordinary Group I Commodity Classification: Area of Application: 1500ft² (Actual 1547.3ft²) Coverage per Sprinkler: 130ft² Type of sprinklers calculated: 14 RESTURANT LIGHT/ORD RMA 2Remote Area Number: Occupancy Classification: No. of sprinklers calculated: Density 0.15gpm/ft² Pendent No. of nozzles calculated:0 In-rack Demand: Hose Streams:at Node:Type:Allowance at Source N/Aat Node:N/A gpm 1250.00 (including Hose Streams where applicable):Total Water Required 53.30@572.24From Water Supply at Node 1:(Safety Margin = 36.11 psi) Type of System: WET Volume of Dry or PreAction System:N/A Name of Contractor:SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION, INC Authority Having Jurisdiction: Address: Phone Number: Name of designer: 72120 NORTHSHORE ST, SUITE C, THOUSAND PALMS, CA 760-404-1350 Erik Lindsay Notes: 3/23/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:00AMRMA 2 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:02AM Hydraulic Graph CH Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:02AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Pressure Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Ordinary Group I (RMA 2) Job Number: 21-071 Sprinkler 301 27.98 18.90 5.6 24.96 Sprinkler 302 24.79 19.50 5.6 19.59 Sprinkler 303 26.57 18.90 5.6 22.52 Sprinkler 304 24.75 19.50 5.6 19.53 Sprinkler 305 23.83 19.50 5.6 18.11 Sprinkler 306 22.92 19.50 5.6 16.75 Sprinkler 307 22.88 19.50 5.6 16.70 Sprinkler 308 22.05 19.50 5.6 15.50 Sprinkler 309 21.87 19.50 5.6 15.25 Sprinkler 310 22.01 19.50 5.6 15.45 Sprinkler 311 20.96 19.50 5.6 14.00 Sprinkler 312 21.08 19.50 5.6 14.17 Sprinkler 313 19.50 19.50 5.6 12.13 Sprinkler 314 21.04 19.50 5.6 14.12 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:03AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 80.001 53.30572.241625.00 89.4091.00Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3'-0"322.2453.30Supply1 8'-0"27.9824.96Sprinkler301 11'-11½"24.7919.59Sprinkler302 9'-0"26.5722.52Sprinkler303 11'-11½"24.7519.53Sprinkler304 10'-0"23.8318.11Sprinkler305 11'-11½"22.9216.75Sprinkler306 11'-11½"22.8816.70Sprinkler307 11'-11½"22.0515.50Sprinkler308 10'-0"21.8715.25Sprinkler309 11'-11½"22.0115.45Sprinkler310 10'-0"20.9614.00Sprinkler311 11'-11½"21.0814.17Sprinkler312 11'-11½"19.5012.13Sprinkler313 11'-11½"21.0414.12Sprinkler314 1'-0"40.052 5'-7½"37.553 9'-6"27.4224 12'-7"25.1025 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:06AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 9'-6"28.0227 9'-2"28.3328 12'-7"25.0229 12'-7"20.8232 12'-7"26.4133 12'-7"20.8934 10'-9"24.6335 10'-9"20.3343 12'-7"17.8444 10'-9"23.9946 12'-7"17.7848 10'-9"20.2351 12'-7"16.4958 10'-9"16.8259 12'-7"16.4461 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:06AM Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 11'-0" 10'-9"17'-10½" 0.51 2.22 11'-11½"6'-10½"313 67 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.1319.50 0.124177 Sprinkler, 19.50 5.6 3E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 3'-5" 10'-9"17'-8½"1.96 10'-9"14'-3½"67 59 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 14.8620.96 0.110381 Flow (q) from Route 2 40.46 E(3'-5") 120 6'-10" 10'-9"14'-3½"3.51 10'-9"7'-5½"59 43 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 16.8221.87 0.245545 Flow (q) from Route 5 62.33 T(6'-10") 120 6'-10" 10'-9"8'-2"3.66 10'-9"1'-4"43 46 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 20.3323.83 0.446963 Flow (q) from Route 10 86.16 PO(6'-10") 120 10'-9"10'-3"0.64 10'-9"10'-3"46 35 2 2.1230 23.99 0.06261686.16 120 22'-9½" 9'-2"29'-3½" 0.69 3.02 10'-9"6'-6½"35 28 2 (See Notes) 2.1230 24.6326.57 0.102962 Flow (q) from Route 13 112.73 2E(5'-8½"), PO(11'-4½") 120 171'-2" 5'-7½"317'-8½" 1.53 7.68 9'-2"146'-6½"28 3 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 28.33209.51 0.024186 Flow (q) from Route 3 322.24 8E(13'-2"), 2T(26'-4"), E(2'-0"), CH 120 15'-9½" 1'-0"20'-3" 2.01 0.49 5'-7½"4'-5½"3 2 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 37.55 0.024186322.24 2f(-0.00), BV(15'-9½") 120 119'-3" -3'-0"224'-0" 1.73 11.51 1'-0"104'-9"2 1 4 (See Notes) 4.0800 40.05 0.019751322.24 7E(16'-1½"), PIV(3'-2½"), BFP( -7.09), GV(3'-2½"), S 150 1 250.00 Hose Allowance At Source 572.24 Route 1Total(Pt) 53.30 7'-0" 10'-9"8'-3½" -0.32 1.17 10'-0"1'-3½"311 67 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.0020.96 0.141862 Sprinkler, 20.96 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:08AMRMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 14.86 Total(Pt)Route 2 4'-0" 12'-7"18'-2" -0.28 2.59 11'-11½"14'-2"314 61 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.1221.04 0.142987 Sprinkler, 21.04 5.6 2E(2'-0") 120 12'-7"10'-10"1.34 12'-7"10'-10"61 48 1¼ 1.4180 16.4422.01 0.123875 Flow (q) from Route 6 43.06 120 12'-7"11'-2"3.04 12'-7"11'-2"48 32 1¼ 1.4180 17.7822.88 0.272545 Flow (q) from Route 8 65.94 120 6'-10" 12'-7"8'-6½"4.19 12'-7"1'-8"32 29 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 20.8224.75 0.491447 Flow (q) from Route 11 90.69 mecT(6'-10") 120 12'-7"9'-7"0.08 12'-7"9'-7"29 25 3 3.2600 25.02 0.00852690.69 120 28'-2½" 12'-7"42'-8½"1.32 12'-7"14'-6"25 33 3 (See Notes) 3.2600 25.1090.84 0.030785 Flow (q) from Route 4 181.53 3E(9'-5") 120 26'-4" 9'-6"33'-0½" 1.33 0.28 12'-7"6'-8½"33 27 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 26.41 0.008365181.53 2E(13'-2") 120 10'-6½" 9'-2"15'-0" 0.15 0.16 9'-6"4'-6"27 28 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 28.0227.98 0.010906 Flow (q) from Route 14 209.51 2EE(5'-3") 120 28.33 Total(Pt)Route 3 4'-0" 12'-7"18'-2" -0.28 2.60 11'-11½"14'-2"312 58 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 14.1721.08 0.143430 Sprinkler, 21.08 5.6 2E(2'-0") 120 12'-7"10'-10"1.35 12'-7"10'-10"58 44 1¼ 1.4180 16.4922.05 0.124257 Flow (q) from Route 7 43.13 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:08AMRMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 12'-7"11'-2"3.05 12'-7"11'-2"44 34 1¼ 1.4180 17.8422.92 0.273384 Flow (q) from Route 9 66.05 120 6'-10" 12'-7"8'-6½"4.21 12'-7"1'-8"34 25 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 20.8924.79 0.492954 Flow (q) from Route 12 90.84 mecT(6'-10") 120 25.10 Total(Pt)Route 4 7'-0" 10'-9"12'-3" -0.32 1.88 10'-0"5'-3"309 59 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 15.2521.87 0.153545 Sprinkler, 21.87 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 16.82 Total(Pt)Route 5 7'-0" 12'-7"8'-1½" -0.28 1.27 11'-11½"1'-1½"310 61 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 15.4522.01 0.155390 Sprinkler, 22.01 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 16.44 Total(Pt)Route 6 7'-0" 12'-7"8'-1½" -0.28 1.27 11'-11½"1'-1½"308 58 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 15.5022.05 0.155868 Sprinkler, 22.05 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 16.49 Total(Pt)Route 7 7'-0" 12'-7"8'-1½" -0.28 1.36 11'-11½"1'-1½"307 48 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 16.7022.88 0.166962 Sprinkler, 22.88 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 17.78 Total(Pt)Route 8 7'-0" 12'-7"8'-1½" -0.28 1.36 11'-11½"1'-1½"306 44 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 16.7522.92 0.167474 Sprinkler, 22.92 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 17.84 Total(Pt)Route 9 9'-0" 10'-9"13'-6½" -0.32 2.43 10'-0"4'-6½"305 51 1 • • • • • Route 10 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 18.1123.83 0.179954 Sprinkler, 23.83 5.6 2E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 10'-9"2'-6"0.10 10'-9"2'-6"51 43 1¼ 1.4180 20.23 0.04146423.83 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:08AMRMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 20.33 Total(Pt)Route 10 7'-0" 12'-7"8'-1½" -0.28 1.57 11'-11½"1'-1½"304 32 1 • • • • • Route 11 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 19.5324.75 0.192991 Sprinkler, 24.75 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 20.82 Total(Pt)Route 11 7'-0" 12'-7"8'-1½" -0.28 1.58 11'-11½"1'-1½"302 34 1 • • • • • Route 12 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 19.5924.79 0.193577 Sprinkler, 24.79 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 20.89 Total(Pt)Route 12 10'-0" 10'-9"13'-0" -0.75 2.86 9'-0"3'-0"303 35 1 • • • • • Route 13 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 22.5226.57 0.220137 Sprinkler, 26.57 5.6 T(5'-0"), PO(5'-0") 120 24.63 Total(Pt)Route 13 9'-0" 9'-6"12'-10" -0.65 3.11 8'-0"3'-10"301 24 1 • • • • • Route 14 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 24.9627.98 0.242148 Sprinkler, 27.98 5.6 2E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 6'-10" 9'-6"10'-7½"0.59 9'-6"3'-9½"24 27 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 27.42 0.05579527.98 PO(6'-10") 120 28.02 Total(Pt)Route 14 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 10AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:08AMRMA 2 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 2 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 Fittings Legend ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 11AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:08AMRMA 2 Flow Diagram (Current View) Report Description: Ordinary Group I (RMA 2) Job Number: 21-071 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 12AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:11AM Hydraulic Calculations Location: 79-565 Clunhouse Drive, La Quinta, CA 92253, Project Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Drawing Name: 22-076_SRL_SF_FP_CLUBHOUSE.cad Calculation Date: 3/23/2022 for Design Remote Area Location: Ordinary Group II Commodity Classification: Area of Application: 1500ft² (Actual 1503.7ft²) Coverage per Sprinkler: 130ft² Type of sprinklers calculated: 14 CART BARN ORD GRP II RMA 3Remote Area Number: Occupancy Classification: No. of sprinklers calculated: Density 0.20gpm/ft² Upright, Pendent No. of nozzles calculated:0 In-rack Demand: Hose Streams:at Node:Type:Allowance at Source N/Aat Node:N/A gpm 1250.00 (including Hose Streams where applicable):Total Water Required 66.02@660.96From Water Supply at Node 1:(Safety Margin = 22.89 psi) Type of System: WET Volume of Dry or PreAction System:N/A Name of Contractor:SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION, INC Authority Having Jurisdiction: Address: Phone Number: Name of designer: 72120 NORTHSHORE ST, SUITE C, THOUSAND PALMS, CA 760-404-1350 Erik Lindsay Notes: 3/23/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:45AMRMA 3 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:47AM Hydraulic Graph CH Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:47AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Pressure Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Ordinary Group II (RMA 3) Job Number: 21-071 Sprinkler 101 33.71 26.00 5.6 36.23 Sprinkler 102 29.63 26.00 5.6 28.00 Sprinkler 103 28.60 26.00 5.6 26.08 Sprinkler 104 28.94 26.00 5.6 26.70 Sprinkler 105 27.49 26.00 5.6 24.09 Sprinkler 106 33.62 26.00 5.6 36.03 Sprinkler 107 29.96 26.00 5.6 28.62 Sprinkler 108 29.00 26.00 5.6 26.81 Sprinkler 109 27.15 26.00 5.6 23.51 Sprinkler 110 33.59 26.00 5.6 35.97 Sprinkler 111 29.57 26.00 5.6 27.88 Sprinkler 112 27.38 26.00 5.6 23.91 Sprinkler 113 26.32 26.00 5.6 22.09 Sprinkler 114 26.00 26.00 5.6 21.56 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:48AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 80.001 66.02660.961625.00 88.9291.00Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3'-0"410.9666.02Supply1 8'-6"33.7136.23Sprinkler101 9'-0"29.6328.00Sprinkler102 9'-0"28.6026.08Sprinkler103 8'-6"28.9426.70Sprinkler104 8'-6"27.4924.09Sprinkler105 8'-6"33.6236.03Sprinkler106 9'-0"29.9628.62Sprinkler107 9'-0"29.0026.81Sprinkler108 8'-6"27.1523.51Sprinkler109 8'-6"33.5935.97Sprinkler110 8'-6"29.5727.88Sprinkler111 8'-6"27.3823.91Sprinkler112 8'-6"26.3222.09Sprinkler113 8'-6"26.0021.56Sprinkler114 1'-0"49.852 5'-7½"47.073 8'-6"37.0631 8'-6"37.0537 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:51AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 9'-6"29.2739 9'-6"27.2540 8'-6"36.8547 9'-6"29.9253 8'-6"36.8356 9'-6"28.0257 8'-6"36.7865 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:51AM Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 8'-6"11'-0"0.54 8'-6"11'-0"114 113 1¼• • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.4180 21.5626.00 0.048718 Sprinkler 26.00 5.6 120 8'-6"10'-3"1.82 8'-6"10'-3"113 112 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 22.0926.32 0.177641 Sprinkler 52.32 5.6 120 8'-6"10'-3"3.97 8'-6"10'-3"112 111 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 23.9127.38 0.387030 Sprinkler 79.71 5.6 120 6'-10" 8'-6"12'-10"8.90 8'-6"6'-0"111 65 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 27.8829.57 0.693824 Sprinkler, 109.27 5.6 PO(6'-10") 120 8'-6"8'-11"0.05 8'-6"8'-11"65 56 4 4.2600 36.7833.59 0.005370 Flow (q) from Route 8 142.86 120 8'-6"1'-1"0.02 8'-6"1'-1"56 47 4 4.2600 36.83113.60 0.015853 Flow (q) from Route 2 256.46 120 8'-6"10'-3"0.20 8'-6"10'-3"47 37 4 4.2600 36.8533.62 0.019910 Flow (q) from Route 9 290.07 120 8'-6"0'-5"0.01 8'-6"0'-5"37 31 4 4.2600 37.0533.71 0.024400 Flow (q) from Route 10 323.78 120 105'-4" 5'-7½"231'-3½" 1.24 8.77 8'-6"125'-11½"31 3 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 37.0687.17 0.037927 Flow (q) from Route 3 410.96 5E(13'-2"), E(2'-0"), T(26'-4"), CH 120 15'-9½" 1'-0"20'-3" 2.01 0.77 5'-7½"4'-5½"3 2 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 47.07 0.037927410.96 2f(-0.00), BV(15'-9½") 120 119'-3" -3'-0"224'-0" 1.73 14.44 1'-0"104'-9"2 1 4 (See Notes) 4.0800 49.85 0.030972410.96 7E(16'-1½"), PIV(3'-2½"), BFP( -7.50), GV(3'-2½"), S 150 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:53AMRMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 1 250.00 Hose Allowance At Source 660.96 Route 1Total(Pt) 66.02 8'-6"11'-0"0.58 8'-6"11'-0"109 105 1¼• • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.4180 23.5127.15 0.052790 Sprinkler 27.15 5.6 120 11'-5" 9'-6"20'-6½" -0.43 3.95 8'-6"9'-1½"105 497 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 24.0927.49 0.192475 Sprinkler, 54.64 5.6 5LtE(2'-3½") 120 9'-6"4'-6"0.41 9'-6"4'-6"497 57 1½ 1.6540 27.61 0.09094354.64 120 9'-6"9'-6"1.90 9'-6"9'-6"57 53 1½ 1.6540 28.0229.00 0.199907 Flow (q) from Route 5 83.64 120 11'-5" 8'-6"18'-4½" 0.43 6.47 9'-6"7'-0"53 56 1½(See Notes) 1.6540 29.9229.96 0.352230 Flow (q) from Route 7 113.60 LtE(2'-3½"), PO(9'-1½") 120 36.83 Total(Pt)Route 2 5'-0" 9'-6"5'-6" -0.22 1.39 9'-0"0'-6"103 40 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 26.0828.60 0.252219 Sprinkler, 28.60 5.6 PO(5'-0") 120 9'-6"9'-6"2.01 9'-6"9'-6"40 39 1¼ 1.4180 27.2528.94 0.211802 Flow (q) from Route 4 57.54 120 9'-1½" 8'-6"16'-1½" 0.43 7.36 9'-6"7'-0"39 31 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 29.2729.63 0.456773 Flow (q) from Route 6 87.17 LtE(2'-3½"), PO(6'-10") 120 37.06 Total(Pt)Route 3 4'-7" 9'-6"16'-7" -0.43 0.98 8'-6"12'-0"104 40 1¼• • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.4180 26.7028.94 0.059392 Sprinkler, 28.94 5.6 2LtE(2'-3½") 120 27.25 Total(Pt)Route 4 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:53AMRMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 5'-0" 9'-6"5'-6" -0.22 1.42 9'-0"0'-6"108 57 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 26.8129.00 0.258740 Sprinkler, 29.00 5.6 PO(5'-0") 120 28.02 Total(Pt)Route 5 5'-0" 9'-6"5'-6" -0.22 1.48 9'-0"0'-6"102 39 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 28.0029.63 0.269328 Sprinkler, 29.63 5.6 PO(5'-0") 120 29.27 Total(Pt)Route 6 5'-0" 9'-6"5'-6" -0.22 1.51 9'-0"0'-6"107 53 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 28.6229.96 0.274859 Sprinkler, 29.96 5.6 PO(5'-0") 120 29.92 Total(Pt)Route 7 6'-10" 8'-6"10'-4½"0.81 8'-6"3'-6"110 65 1¼• • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.4180 35.9733.59 0.078230 Sprinkler, 33.59 5.6 PO(6'-10") 120 36.78 Total(Pt)Route 8 6'-10" 8'-6"10'-4½"0.81 8'-6"3'-6"106 47 1¼• • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.4180 36.0333.62 0.078358 Sprinkler, 33.62 5.6 PO(6'-10") 120 36.85 Total(Pt)Route 9 6'-10" 8'-6"10'-4½"0.82 8'-6"3'-6"101 37 1¼• • • • • Route 10 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.4180 36.2333.71 0.078760 Sprinkler, 33.71 5.6 PO(6'-10") 120 37.05 Total(Pt)Route 10 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:53AMRMA 3 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 3 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 Fittings Legend ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 10AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:53AMRMA 3 Flow Diagram (Current View) Report Description: Ordinary Group II (RMA 3) Job Number: 21-071 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 11AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:51:55AM Hydraulic Calculations Location: 79-565 Clunhouse Drive, La Quinta, CA 92253, Project Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Drawing Name: 22-076_SRL_SF_FP_CLUBHOUSE.cad Calculation Date: 3/23/2022 for Design Remote Area Location: Light Hazard Commodity Classification: Area of Application: 1500ft² (Actual 1542ft²) Coverage per Sprinkler: 120ft² Type of sprinklers calculated: 23 RESTROOM/KITCHEN LIGHT/ORD I RMA 4Remote Area Number: Occupancy Classification: No. of sprinklers calculated: Density 0.10gpm/ft² Upright, Pendent No. of nozzles calculated:0 In-rack Demand: Hose Streams:at Node:Type:Allowance at Source N/Aat Node:N/A gpm 1100.00 (including Hose Streams where applicable):Total Water Required 65.81@572.41From Water Supply at Node 1:(Safety Margin = 23.60 psi) Type of System: WET Volume of Dry or PreAction System:N/A Name of Contractor:SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION, INC Authority Having Jurisdiction: Address: Phone Number: Name of designer: 72120 NORTHSHORE ST, SUITE C, THOUSAND PALMS, CA 760-404-1350 Erik Lindsay Notes: 3/23/2022© M.E.P.CAD, Inc.Page 1AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:12AMRMA 4 Hydraulic Graph Water Supply Node: 1 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 2AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:14AM Hydraulic Graph CH Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Summary Sheet N 1.85 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 3AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:14AM Device (gpm) Actual Flow Minimum Flow (gpm)(K) K-Factor (psi) Pressure Summary Of Outflowing Devices Report Description: Light Hazard (RMA 4) Job Number: 21-071 Sprinkler 301 30.54 18.90 5.6 29.74 Sprinkler 401 25.97 12.00 5.6 21.51 Sprinkler 402 20.23 14.82 5.6 13.05 Sprinkler 406 19.95 14.82 5.6 12.69 Sprinkler 410 26.31 18.90 5.6 22.07 Sprinkler 412 31.45 18.90 5.6 31.54 Sprinkler 414 30.35 18.90 5.6 29.36 Sprinkler 417 26.99 18.90 5.6 23.23 Sprinkler 418 27.94 18.90 5.6 24.90 Sprinkler 419 28.87 18.90 5.6 26.57 Sprinkler 420 27.60 18.90 5.6 24.28 Sprinkler 421 28.22 12.00 5.6 25.39 Sprinkler 422 29.99 18.90 5.6 28.69 Sprinkler 635 12.56 11.11 4.2 8.94 Sprinkler 636 13.67 11.11 4.2 10.59 Sprinkler 643 11.83 11.11 4.2 7.93 Sprinkler 644 12.02 11.11 4.2 8.19 Sprinkler 645 11.27 11.11 4.2 7.20 Sprinkler 646 11.71 11.11 4.2 7.77 Sprinkler 647 11.28 11.11 4.2 7.22 Sprinkler 648 11.43 11.11 4.2 7.41 Sprinkler 655 11.11 11.11 4.2 7.00 Sprinkler 656 11.13 11.11 4.2 7.02 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 4AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:15AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Node @ @ Supply Analysis Static (psi) Required Pressure (psi)(gpm) Total DemandAvailable (psi) Flow (gpm) Residual (psi)Name 80.001 65.81572.411625.00 89.4091.00Water Supply Node Analysis NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number -3'-0"472.4165.81Supply1 8'-0"30.5429.74Sprinkler301 8'-0"25.9721.51Sprinkler401 8'-0"20.2313.05Sprinkler402 8'-0"19.9512.69Sprinkler406 8'-6"26.3122.07Sprinkler410 7'-9"31.4531.54Sprinkler412 7'-9"30.3529.36Sprinkler414 8'-0"26.9923.23Sprinkler417 8'-0"27.9424.90Sprinkler418 8'-0"28.8726.57Sprinkler419 8'-0"27.6024.28Sprinkler420 8'-0"28.2225.39Sprinkler421 8'-0"29.9928.69Sprinkler422 7'-11½"12.568.94Sprinkler635 7'-11½"13.6710.59Sprinkler636 7'-11½"11.837.93Sprinkler643 7'-11½"12.028.19Sprinkler644 8'-11½"11.277.20Sprinkler645 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 5AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:18AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 7'-11½"11.717.77Sprinkler646 8'-11½"11.287.22Sprinkler647 7'-11½"11.437.41Sprinkler648 8'-11½"11.117.00Sprinkler655 8'-11½"11.137.02Sprinkler656 1'-0"47.262 5'-7½"44.253 8'-6"10.024 8'-6"17.055 8'-6"10.766 8'-6"16.507 8'-6"13.978 8'-6"9.139 9'-5"7.9010 8'-6"37.7011 9'-5"7.4712 9'-5"7.6313 7'-6"26.9414 7'-6"25.1515 9'-5"7.3216 8'-6"37.5617 9'-5"7.2718 9'-5"7.0919 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 6AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:18AM Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 NotesDischarge at Node (gpm) Pressure at Node (psi) Node TypeElevation (Foot)Node Number 9'-4"25.8120 9'-4"27.3021 9'-11"30.4522 9'-0"25.3023 9'-6"32.7524 9'-2"35.3226 9'-6"35.1527 9'-2"35.3430 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 7AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:18AM Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 11'-0" 9'-5"20'-1" -0.19 0.46 8'-11½"9'-1"655 18 1 • • • • • Route 1 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.0011.11 0.022940 Sprinkler, 11.11 4.2 2E(5'-0"), Tr(1'-0") 150 1'-0" 9'-5"4'-4"0.36 9'-5"3'-4"18 13 1 (See Notes) 1.1010 7.2711.27 0.083792 Flow (q) from Route 3 22.38 Tr(1'-0") 150 12'-0" 8'-6"18'-11½" 0.40 1.10 9'-5"6'-11½"13 9 1¼(See Notes) 1.3940 7.6311.83 0.058216 Flow (q) from Route 7 34.21 E(6'-0"), T(6'-0") 150 3'-0" 8'-6"16'-7"0.89 8'-6"13'-7"9 4 1½(See Notes) 1.5980 9.1312.56 0.053385 Flow (q) from Route 9 46.77 3Tr(1'-0") 150 1'-0" 8'-6"3'-1½"0.74 8'-6"2'-1½"4 6 1½(See Notes) 1.5980 10.0257.58 0.235587 Flow (q) from Route 2 104.35 Tr(1'-0") 150 14'-0" 8'-6"19'-5"5.74 8'-6"5'-5"6 7 1½(See Notes) 1.5980 10.7613.67 0.295819 Flow (q) from Route 10 118.01 2E(7'-0") 150 8'-6"4'-11½"0.55 8'-6"4'-11½"7 5 2 2.1230 16.50 0.112068118.01 120 22'-9½" 7'-6"39'-9½" 0.43 7.67 8'-6"17'-0"5 15 2 (See Notes) 2.1230 17.0540.18 0.192705 Flow (q) from Route 11 158.19 4E(5'-8½") 120 7'-6"7'-0"1.79 7'-6"7'-0"15 14 2 2.1230 25.1526.31 0.256146 Flow (q) from Route 13 184.50 120 28'-5½" 8'-6"34'-2½" -0.43 11.19 7'-6"5'-9"14 11 2 (See Notes) 2.1230 26.9425.97 0.326811 Flow (q) from Route 17 210.47 T(11'-4½"), E(5'-8½"), PO(11'-4 ½") 120 26'-4" 5'-7½"108'-4" 1.24 5.32 8'-6"82'-0"11 3 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 37.70261.95 0.049082 Flow (q) from Route 14 472.41 2E(13'-2"), CH 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 8AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 15'-9½" 1'-0"20'-3" 2.01 0.99 5'-7½"4'-5½"3 2 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 44.25 0.049082472.41 2f(-0.00), BV(15'-9½") 120 119'-3" -3'-0"224'-0" 1.73 16.81 1'-0"104'-9"2 1 4 (See Notes) 4.0800 47.26 0.040082472.41 7E(16'-1½"), PIV(3'-2½"), BFP( -7.84), GV(3'-2½"), S 150 1 100.00 Hose Allowance At Source 572.41 Route 1Total(Pt) 65.81 6'-0" 9'-5"11'-2½" -0.19 0.26 8'-11½"5'-2½"656 19 1 • • • • • Route 2 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.0211.13 0.023015 Sprinkler, 11.13 4.2 T(5'-0"), Tr(1'-0") 150 1'-0" 9'-5"2'-7½"0.22 9'-5"1'-7½"19 16 1 (See Notes) 1.1010 7.0911.43 0.085056 Flow (q) from Route 5 22.56 Tr(1'-0") 150 1'-0" 9'-5"2'-8½"0.15 9'-5"1'-8½"16 12 1¼(See Notes) 1.3940 7.3211.28 0.057076 Flow (q) from Route 4 33.85 Tr(1'-0") 150 1'-0" 9'-5"4'-4"0.43 9'-5"3'-4"12 10 1¼(See Notes) 1.3940 7.4711.71 0.098893 Flow (q) from Route 6 45.56 Tr(1'-0") 150 15'-0" 8'-6"21'-11½" 0.40 1.72 9'-5"6'-11½"10 4 1½(See Notes) 1.5980 7.9012.02 0.078416 Flow (q) from Route 8 57.58 E(7'-0"), T(8'-0") 150 10.02 Total(Pt)Route 2 10'-0" 9'-5"11'-0" -0.19 0.26 8'-11½"1'-0"645 18 1 • • • • • Route 3 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.2011.27 0.023548 Sprinkler, 11.27 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 7.27 Total(Pt)Route 3 10'-0" 9'-5"12'-3" -0.19 0.29 8'-11½"2'-3"647 16 1 • • • • • Route 4 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.2211.28 0.023600 Sprinkler, 11.28 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 7.32 Total(Pt)Route 4 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 9AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 10'-0" 9'-5"12'-8½" -0.62 0.31 7'-11½"2'-8½"648 19 1 • • • • • Route 5 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.4111.43 0.024180 Sprinkler, 11.43 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 7.09 Total(Pt)Route 5 10'-0" 9'-5"12'-8½" -0.62 0.32 7'-11½"2'-8½"646 12 1 • • • • • Route 6 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.7711.71 0.025277 Sprinkler, 11.71 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 7.47 Total(Pt)Route 6 10'-0" 9'-5"12'-7" -0.62 0.32 7'-11½"2'-7"643 13 1 • • • • • Route 7 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 7.9311.83 0.025755 Sprinkler, 11.83 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 7.63 Total(Pt)Route 7 10'-0" 9'-5"12'-8½" -0.62 0.34 7'-11½"2'-8½"644 10 1 • • • • • Route 8 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 8.1912.02 0.026519 Sprinkler, 12.02 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 7.90 Total(Pt)Route 8 11'-0" 8'-6"14'-4½" -0.23 0.41 7'-11½"3'-4½"635 226 1 • • • • • Route 9 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 8.9412.56 0.028772 Sprinkler, 12.56 4.2 2E(5'-0"), b(1'-0") 150 1'-0" 8'-6"1'-0"0.00 8'-6"0'-0"226 9 1½(See Notes) 1.5980 9.13 0.00468912.56 Tr(1'-0") 150 9.13 Total(Pt)Route 9 10'-0" 8'-6"11'-10" -0.23 0.40 7'-11½"1'-10"636 6 1 • • • • • Route 10 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.1010 10.5913.67 0.033632 Sprinkler, 13.67 4.2 E(5'-0"), T(5'-0") 150 10.76 Total(Pt)Route 10 4'-0" 8'-6"11'-5½" -0.21 1.49 8'-0"7'-5½"406 8 1 • • • • • Route 11 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 12.6919.95 0.129509 Sprinkler, 19.95 5.6 2E(2'-0") 120 5'-0" 8'-6"6'-6"3.08 8'-6"1'-6"8 5 1 (See Notes) 1.0490 13.9720.23 0.472976 Flow (q) from Route 12 40.18 T(5'-0") 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 10AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 17.05 Total(Pt)Route 11 7'-0" 8'-6"8'-5½" -0.21 1.13 8'-0"1'-5½"402 8 1 • • • • • Route 12 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 13.0520.23 0.132901 Sprinkler, 20.23 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 13.97 Total(Pt)Route 12 10'-0" 7'-6"12'-3" 0.43 2.65 8'-6"2'-3"410 15 1 • • • • • Route 13 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 22.0726.31 0.216067 Sprinkler, 26.31 5.6 2T(5'-0") 120 25.15 Total(Pt)Route 13 4'-0" 9'-4"13'-10½" -0.57 3.14 8'-0"9'-10½"417 20 1 • • • • • Route 14 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 23.2326.99 0.226621 Sprinkler, 26.99 5.6 2E(2'-0") 120 9'-4"7'-9"1.49 9'-4"7'-9"20 21 1¼ 1.4180 25.8127.60 0.192150 Flow (q) from Route 15 54.59 120 13'-8½" 9'-2"19'-2½" 0.07 7.97 9'-4"5'-6"21 30 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 27.3028.22 0.415340 Flow (q) from Route 22 82.81 2E(3'-5"), PO(6'-10") 120 144'-10" 8'-6"192'-2½" 0.29 1.93 9'-2"47'-4½"30 17 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 35.34117.34 0.010022 Flow (q) from Route 16 200.15 6E(13'-2"), 2T(26'-4"), E(2'-0") 120 8'-6"8'-6"0.14 8'-6"8'-6"17 11 4 4.2600 37.5661.80 0.016486 Flow (q) from Route 20 261.95 120 37.70 Total(Pt)Route 14 7'-0" 9'-4"8'-10½" -0.57 2.10 8'-0"1'-10½"420 20 1 • • • • • Route 15 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 24.2827.60 0.236071 Sprinkler, 27.60 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 25.81 Total(Pt)Route 15 8'-0" 9'-11"26'-5" -0.82 6.38 8'-0"18'-5"418 22 1 • • • • • Route 16 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 24.9027.94 0.241593 Sprinkler, 27.94 5.6 4E(2'-0") 120 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 11AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 13'-8½" 9'-2"21'-2" 0.33 4.54 9'-11"7'-5½"22 26 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 30.4529.99 0.214517 Flow (q) from Route 19 57.94 2E(3'-5"), PO(6'-10") 120 9'-2"6'-5"0.02 9'-2"6'-5"26 30 4 4.2600 35.3259.41 0.003732 Flow (q) from Route 18 117.34 120 35.34 Total(Pt)Route 16 17'-0" 7'-6"24'-8½" 0.23 5.21 8'-0"7'-8½"401 14 1 • • • • • Route 17 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 21.5125.97 0.210980 Sprinkler, 25.97 5.6 3T(5'-0"), E(2'-0") 120 26.94 Total(Pt)Route 17 8'-0" 9'-6"26'-8" -0.65 6.84 8'-0"18'-8"419 24 1 • • • • • Route 18 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 26.5728.87 0.256547 Sprinkler, 28.87 5.6 4E(2'-0") 120 6'-10" 9'-6"10'-7½"2.39 9'-6"3'-9½"24 27 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 32.7530.54 0.224690 Flow (q) from Route 21 59.41 PO(6'-10") 120 10'-6½" 9'-2"17'-3" 0.15 0.02 9'-6"6'-8½"27 26 4 (See Notes) 4.2600 35.15 0.00105959.41 2EE(5'-3") 120 35.32 Total(Pt)Route 18 7'-0" 9'-11"9'-5" -0.82 2.59 8'-0"2'-5"422 22 1 • • • • • Route 19 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 28.6929.99 0.275419 Sprinkler, 29.99 5.6 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 30.45 Total(Pt)Route 19 7'-9"7'-9"2.18 7'-9"7'-9"414 412 1 • • • • • Route 20 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 29.3630.35 0.281413 Sprinkler 30.35 5.6 120 13'-8½" 8'-6"26'-2½" -0.33 6.34 7'-9"12'-6"412 17 1¼(See Notes) 1.4180 31.5431.45 0.241704 Sprinkler, 61.80 5.6 2E(3'-5"), PO(6'-10") 120 37.56 Total(Pt)Route 20 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 12AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Pipe Information Node 1 Node 2 Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings & Devices C Factor Total(Pt) Elev(Pe) Friction(Pf) Fitting/Device (Equivalent Length) Fixed Pressure Losses, when applicable, are added directly to (Pf) and shown as a negative value. NotesFlow added this step (q) K-Factor Elev 1 Elev 2 Total Flow (Q) Equiv. Length (Foot) (Foot)(Foot) (Foot) Length (Foot) Fitting (Foot) Total (psi) Pf Friction Loss Per Unit 9'-0" 9'-6"12'-10" -0.65 3.66 8'-0"3'-10"301 24 1 • • • • • Route 21 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 29.7430.54 0.284789 Sprinkler, 30.54 5.6 2E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 32.75 Total(Pt)Route 21 9'-0"1'-0" -0.43 0.34 8'-0"1'-0"421 23 1 • • • • • Route 22 • • • • •(See Notes) 1.0490 25.3928.22 0.344665 Sprinkler 28.22 5.6 100 7'-0" 9'-4"8'-8½" -0.14 2.14 9'-0"1'-8½"23 21 1 (See Notes) 1.0490 25.30 0.24598728.22 E(2'-0"), T(5'-0") 120 27.30 Total(Pt)Route 22 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 13AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Date: 3/23/2022 Job Name: Project Montage Cubhouse Remote Area Number: RMA 4 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) 1.51 Fittings Legend ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90°cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Ee1 11¼° Elbow Ee2 22½° Elbow f Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow flg Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve PO Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve SFx Seismic Flex Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90°Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap 4.87 )(150 1.33 140 1.16 130 0.713 100Actual Inside Diameter Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter = Factor C Value Multiplier Value Of C Multiplying Factor © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 14AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:20AMRMA 4 Flow Diagram (Current View) Report Description: Light Hazard (RMA 4) Job Number: 21-071 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc.3/23/2022 Page 15AutoSPRINK 2019 v15.1.23.0 8:53:22AM MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 1 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTIONViking Mirage® Standard and Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 and HP Sprinkler VK463 are thermosensitive glass-bulb spray sprinklers designed for installation on concealed pipe systems where the appearance of a smooth ceiling is desired.The sprinkler is pre-assembled with a threaded adapter for installation with a low-profile cover assembly that provides up to ½” (12.7 mm) of vertical adjustment. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The “The “push-on” and “thread-on” designs of the concealed cover plate assemblies allow easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and the ceiling finish has been applied. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled, allowing temporary removal of ceiling panels without taking the sprinkler system out of service or removing the sprinkler. The Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is listed and approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. The ENT finish is only available for the sprinkler assembly, the cover plate is not plated. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approval: Class 2015 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 32 VdS Approved: Certificate G4080021 LPCB Approved: Ref. No. 096e/12 CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2032 China Approval: Approved according to China GB Standard Refer to the Approval Charts and Design Criteria listing and approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications:Available since 2006.Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)*Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinkler VK463 is rated for use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi (0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17.2 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pressure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating “250” stamped on the deflector. Sprinkler VK462 is rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar)Thread size: 1/2” (15 mm) NPTNominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric**)Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65°F (-55°C)Patents Pending * cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). ** Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards:Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinkler; Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 for Sprinkler VK463Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel AlloyBulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameterPip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Screws: 18-8 Stainless SteelBelleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE TapeYoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000Cover Adapter: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080, Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating Cover Assembly Materials:Cover: Copper UNS-C11000 or Stainless Steel UNS-S30400Base: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800Springs: Nickel AlloySolder: Eutectic Ordering Information: The sprinkler and cover plate must be ordered separately. Refer to Tables 1 and 2. Replaces Form No. F_103005 Rev 20.3 (Revised VdS Approval requirements.) MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 2 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com 4. INSTALLATIONRefer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATIONDuring fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature, the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand and the bulb to shatter, releasing the yoke, pip-cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCERefer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITYViking Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEEFor details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: SPRINKLER ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Sprinkler Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the desired Sprinkler Temperature Rating (4) Order a cover plate (refer to Table 2) Example: 13503AE = 200 °F (93 °C) Temperature Rated Sprinkler with a standard Brass finish. SIN Sprinkler Base Part Number8 Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings NPT Inch BSPT mm Description Suffix1 Sprinkler Temperature Classification Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Suffix VK462 13503 1/2 --Brass A Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)Red 100 °F (38 °C)B VK462 213567,9 --15 ENT 3,4 JN Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)Yellow 150 °F (65 °C)D VK463 13667 1/2 --Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)Green 150 °F (65 °C)E Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches and tools (see Figure 1): A. Heavy Duty Part Number: 14047W/B5 (available since 2006) B. Head Cabinet Wrench Part Number: 140316 (available since 2006) C. Optional Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part Number: 1441210 (available since 2007) D. Optional Large Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 1486710 (available since 2007) Sprinkler Cabinet:Holds up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01731A (available since 1971). Footnotes 1. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 2. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. UL Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. 5. Requires a ½” ratchet (not available from Viking). 6. Also optional for removal of the protective cap. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. 7. Not available with ENT finish. See approval charts for more information. 8. See approval charts for more information. 9. Approved according to China GB Standard. 10. The installer tool is for push-on style cover plates only. MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 3 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 2: COVER PLATE ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the required Cover Plate Nominal Rating. Example: 23190MC/W = 165 °F (74 °C) Temperature Rated, 2-3/4” (70 mm) diameter, Thread-On style Round Cover Plate with a Painted White finish. 1: Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number3 2: Select a FinishThread-On Style Push-On Style Base Part Number Size Inch (mm)Type Base Part Number Size Inch (mm)Type Description Suffix5 23190 2-3/4 (70)Round 23447 2-3/4 (70)Round Polished Chrome F 23174 3-5/16 (84)Round 23463 3-5/16 (84)Round Brushed Chrome F-/B 23179 3-5/16 (84)Square 23482 3-5/16 (84)Square Bright Brass B 231934 2-3/4 (70)Stainless Steel Round 234554 2-3/4 (70)Stainless Steel Round Antique Brass B-/A Brushed Brass B-/B 231834 3-5/16 (84)Stainless Steel Round 234734 3-5/16 (84)Stainless Steel Round Brushed Copper E-/B Painted White M-/W 23174-/CR 3-5/16 (84)Clean Room 23463-/CR 3-5/16 (84)Clean Room Painted Ivory M-/I 23183CR4 3-5/16 (84) Stainless Steel Round Clean Room 23473CR4 3-5/16 (84) Stainless Steel Round Clean Room Painted Black M-/B 3: Temperature Rating Matrix1,2 Cover Plate Nominal Rating (Required) Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Rating Sprinkler Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Suffix UL: 135 °F (57 °C) FM: 139° F (59 °C)Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)100 °F (38 °C)A 165 °F (74 °C)Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)150 °F (65 °C)C 165 °F (74 °C)Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)150 °F (65 °C)C Footnotes 1. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2. Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 4. Stainless Steel versions are not available with any finishes or paint. 5. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 4 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) Mirage® Concealed Pendent Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 Sprinkler Base Part No.1 SIN Thread Size Nominal K-factor Maximum Water Working Pressure Listings and Approvals4 (Refer also to Design Criteria) NPT Inch BSPT mm U.S.metric2 cULus5 NYC VdS7 LPCB China Approval Standard Response Applications 13503A VK462 1/2”--5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)----AY1, CZ1 AY1, BZ1 AY1, CZ18 -- 21356A12 VK462 --15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)----------AY1, CZ1 Quick Response Applications 13503A VK462 1/2”15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)AV1, BX1, AS2, BT2 AV1, BX16 -------- 13503JN11 VK462 1/2”15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)AV1, BX1, AS2, BT2 AV1, BX16 -------- 21356A12 VK462 --15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)AY1, CZ1 ---------- 13667A VK463 1/2”15 5.6 80.6 250 psi (17.2 bar)3 AV1, BX1 AV1, BX16 -------- 13667JN11 VK463 1/2”15 5.6 80.6 250 psi (17.2 bar)3 AV1, BX1 AV1, BX16 -------- Approved Sprinkler Temperature Rating Codes Approved Cover Plate Temperature Rating Codes Approved Cover Plate Finish Codes A = 155 °F (68 °C) B = 175 °F (79 °C) C = 200 °F (93 °C) S - 135 °F (57 °C) cover 23193, 23445 or 23183, 23473 (large diameter) T - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 23193, 23445 or 23183, 23473 (large diameter) V - 135 °F (57 °C) cover 23190, 23447, 23174, 23463 (large diameter), or 23179, 23482 (square cover plate) X - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 23190, 23447, or 23174, 23463 (large diameter) Y - 135 °F (57 °C) cover 23190, 23447 LPCB Approved as 139 °F (59 °C) Z - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 23190, 23447 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, or Painted Black 2 - Stainless Steel Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3. The Water Working Pressure rating is stamped on the deflector. 4. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 5. Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. 6. Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 32. 7. VdS Approved, standards VdS 2344:2005-12, VdS 2100-25:2008-01, and EN 12259-1:1999 + A1:2001 + A2:2004 + A3:2006, Certificate G4080021. 8. CE Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2032. 9. The 135/139 °F cover has an orange label. The 165 °F (74 °C) cover has a white label. 10. Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. 11. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 12. Approved according to China GB Standard. NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 5 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1) cULus Listing Requirements: Mirage® Concealed Pendent Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 are cULus Listed as quick response for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers as indicated below. • For hazard occupancies up to and including Ordinary Hazard, Group II. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. Maximum spacing allowed is 15 ft. (4.6 m). • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m) unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. • Minimum distance from walls is 4 in. (102 mm). • Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. VdS Approval Requirements: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. VdS does not allow the installation of concealed sprinklers in false ceiling where the void above also contains a water based active fire protection system. Steps of installation: 1. Prepare the sprinkler key. 2. Remove the plastic cover. 3. Hold the sprinkler with the wrench and fasten it. 4. Replace the plastic cover and do not remove until the cover is installed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Figure 1: Identification of Custom Paint for Concealed Covers Figure 2: Square Cover Assembly All custom color painted cover plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of the cover that indicates the custom color and will have a representative sample (a paint dot) of the paint on the label.FACTORY APPLIE D C USTO M P A I NT COLOR MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 6 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: Viking Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 is FM Approved as a standard response Non-Storage concealed pendent sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Approval Chart 2 (FM) Mirage® Standard Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 Sprinkler Base Part No.1 SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Maximum Water Working Pressure FM Approvals3 (Refer also to Design Criteria below.)NPT Inch BSPT mm U.S.metric2 13503A VK462 1/2”15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)AW1, BX1, AY2, BZ2 21356A6 VK462 --15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar)AU1, CV1 Approved Sprinkler Temperature Rating Codes Approved Cover Plate Temperature Rating Codes Approved Cover Plate Finish Codes A - 155 °F (68 °C) B - 175 °F (79 °C) and 200 °F (93 °C) C - 200 °F (93 °C) U - 139 °F (59 °C) cover 23190, 23447 V - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 23190, 23447 W - 139 °F (59 °C) cover 23190, 23447, or 23174, 23463 (large diameter), or 23179, 23482 (square cover plate) X - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 23190, 23447, 23174, 23463 (large diameter), or 23179, 23482 (square cover plate) Y - 139 °F (59 °C) cover, 23183, 23473 or 23193, 23455 Z - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 23183, 23473 or 23193, 23455 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, or Painted Black 2 - Stainless Steel Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3. This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4. The 139 °F (59 °C) cover has an orange label. The 165 °F (74 °C) cover has a white label. 5. Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. 6. Approved according to China GB Standard. NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_103005 21.08.14 Rev 21.1 Page 7 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly • Protective cap removed • Use wrench 14047W/B** Step 1: Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the deflector and pins Sprinkler Wrench Part No. 14047W/B** ** A 1/2” ratchet is required (Not available from Viking) 2-1/4” (57 mm) diameter opening required in the ceiling. Step 2: Carefully press the wrench upward and turn slightly to ensure engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats. Figure 3: Sprinkler Installation and Proper Wrench Usage NEVER install the sprinkler by applying the installation wrench across the frame arms. DO NOT overtighten. Use only the designated sprinkler wrenches, Viking Part Numbers 14047W/B** or 14031**. A leak tight seal should be achieved by turning the sprinkler clockwise 1 to 1-1/2 turns beyond finger tight. Sprinkler wrench flat Sprinkler frame arms Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions and Cover Installation 1/2” (15 mm) NPT 2-3/16”(55 mm)2-9/16” (65 mm)Maximum 2-1/16” (52 mm)Minimum 2-3/4” (70 mm) or 3-5/16” (84 mm)NOTE: Upon sprinkler activation, the deflector descends to approximately 13/16” (21 mm) below the sprinkler body. Replaces Form No. F_103005 Rev 20.3 (Revised VdS Approval requirements.) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 1 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! General Handling and Storage: • Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. • Protect sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use the original shipping containers. DO NOT place sprinklers loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep sprinklers separated at all times. DO NOT allow metal parts to contact sprinkler operating elements. For Pre-Assembled Drops: • Protect sprinklers during handling and after installation. • For recessed assemblies, use the protective sprinkler cap (Viking Part Number 10364). Sprinklers with Protective Shields or Caps: • DO NOT remove shields or caps until after sprinkler installation and there no longer is potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. • Sprinkler shields or caps MUST be removed BEFORE placing the system in service! • Remove the sprinkler shield by carefully pulling it apart where it is snapped together. • Remove the cap by turning it slightly and pulling it off the sprinkler. Sprinkler Installation: • DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or operating element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. • Use only the designated sprinkler head wrench! Refer to the current sprinkler tech- nical data page to determine the correct wrench for the model of sprinkler used. • DO NOT install sprinklers onto piping at the floor level. • Install sprinklers after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. • DO NOT allow impacts such as hammer blows directly to sprinklers or to fittings, pipe, or couplings in close proximity to sprinklers. Sprinklers can be damaged from direct or indirect impacts. • DO NOT attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from sprinklers. • Take care not to over-tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2” NPT: 14 ft-lbs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4” NPT: 20 ft-lbs. (27.1 N-m) 1” NPT: 30 ft-lbs. (40.7 N-m) WARNING Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www.vikinggroupinc.com. CORRECT (Original container used) INCORRECT (Placed loose in box) CORRECT (Protected with caps) INCORRECT (Protective caps not used) CORRECT (Piping is in place at the ceiling) INCORRECT (Sprinkler at floor level) CORRECT (Special installation wrenches) INCORRECT (Designated wrench not used) Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 2 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 PROTECTIVE SPRINKLER SHIELDS AND CAPS General Handling and Storage: Many Viking sprinklers are available with a plastic protective cap or shield temporarily covering the operating elements. The snap- on shields and caps are factory installed and are intended to help protect the operating elements from mechanical damage during shipping, storage, and installation. NOTE: It is still necessary to follow the care and handling instructions on the appropriate sprin- kler technical data sheets* when installing sprinklers with bulb shields or caps. WHEN TO REMOVE THE SHIELDS AND CAPS: NOTE: SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Remove the shield or cap from the sprinkler only after checking all of the following: • The sprinkler has been installed*. • The wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Figure 1: Sprinkler shield being removed from a pendent sprinkler.Figure 2: Sprinkler cap being removed from a pendent sprinkler.Figure 3: Sprinkler cap being re-moved from and upright sprinkler. HOW TO REMOVE SHIELDS AND CAPS: No tools are necessary to remove the shields or caps from sprinklers. DO NOT use any sharp objects to remove them! Take care not to cause mechanical damage to sprinklers when removing the shields or caps. When removing caps from fusible ele- ment sprinklers, use care to prevent dislodging ejector springs or damaging fusible elements. NOTE: Squeezing the sprinkler cap excessively could damage sprinkler fusible elements. • To remove the shield, simply pull the ends of the shield apart where it is snapped together. Refer to Figure 1. • To remove the cap, turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. Refer to Figures 2 and 3. Refer to the current sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambient temperature allowed. * Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 3 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 GENERAL HANDLING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS: • Do not store in temperatures exceeding 100 °F (38 °C). Avoid direct sunlight and confined areas subject to heat. • Protect sprinklers and cover assemblies during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. -- Use original shipping containers. -- Do not place sprinklers or cover assemblies loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep the sprinkler bodies covered with the protective sprinkler cap any time the sprinklers are shipped or handled, during testing of the system, and while ceiling finish work is being completed. • Use only the designated Viking recessed sprinkler wrench (refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page) to install these sprinklers. NOTE: The protective cap is temporarily removed during installation and then placed back on the sprinkler for protection until finish work is completed. • Do not over-tighten the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not use the sprinkler deflector to start or thread the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from the sprinklers. • Remove the plastic protective cap from the sprinkler before attaching the cover plate assembly. PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly with Protective Cap CAUTION: CONCEALED COVER ASSEMBLIES ARE FRAGILE! TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT, HANDLE WITH CARE. Cover Plate Assembly (Pendent Cover 12381 shown) Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly (Protective Cap Removed) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 4 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 USE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING WAX-COATED SPRINKLERS Many of Viking’s sprinklers are available with factory-applied wax coating for corrosion resistance. These sprinklers MUST receive appropriate care and handling to avoid damaging the wax coating and to assure satisfactory performance of the product. General Handling and Storage of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: • Store the sprinklers in a cool, dry place (in temperatures below the maximum ambient temperature allowed for the sprinkler temperature rating. Refer to Table 1 below.) • Store containers of wax-coated sprinklers separate from other sprinklers. • Protect the sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use original shipping containers. • Do not place sprinklers in loose boxes, bins, or buckets. Installation of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: Use only the special sprinkler head wrench designed for installing wax-coated Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). • Take care not to crack the wax coating on the units. • For touching up the wax coating after installation, wax is available from Viking in bar form. Refer to Table 1 below. The coating MUST be repaired after sprinkler installation to protect the corrosion-resistant properties of the sprinkler. • Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they would be exposed to temperatures exceed- ing the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. • Inspect the coated sprinklers frequently soon after installation to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, inspect representative samples of the coated sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 25. Close up visual inspections are necessary to determine whether the sprinklers are being affected by corrosive conditions. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed. Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. TABLE 1 Sprinkler Temperature Rating (Fusing Point) Wax Part Number Wax Melting Point Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature1 Wax Color 155 °F (68 °C) / 165 °F (74 °C)02568A 148 °F (64 °C)100 °F (38 °C)Light Brown 175 °F (79 °C)04146A 161 °F (71 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Brown 200 °F (93 °C)04146A 161 °F (71 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Brown 220 °F (104 °C)02569A 170 °F (76 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Dark Brown 286 °F (141 °C)02569A 170 °F (76 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Dark Brown 1 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 1 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 1. DESCRIPTION Viking fire sprinklers consist of a threaded frame with a specific waterway or orifice size and a deflector for distributing water in a specified pattern. A closed or sealed sprinkler refers to a complete assembly, including the thermosensitive operating element. An open sprinkler does not use an operating element and is open at all times. The distribution of water is intended to extinguish a fire or to control its spread. Viking sprinklers are available in several models and styles. Refer to specific sprinkler technical data pages for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, thread sizes, and nominal K-Factors for the particular model selected. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or approval agency listings. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Pressure Ratings: Maximum allowable water working pressure is 175 psig (12 Bar) unless rated and specified for high water working pressure [250 psig (17.2 bar)]. Sprinkler Identification: Viking sprinklers are identified and marked with the word “Viking”, the sprinkler identification number (SIN) consisting of “VK” plus a three digit number*, the model letter, and the year of manufacture. Available Finishes: Viking sprinklers are available in several decorative finishes. Some models are available with corrosion-resistant coatings or are fabricated from non-corrosive material. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for additional information. Available Temperature Ratings: Viking sprinklers are available in several temperature ratings that relate to a specific temperature classification. Applicable installa- tion rules mandate the use and limitations of each temperature classification. In selecting the appropriate temperature classifica- tion, the maximum expected ceiling temperature must be known. When there is doubt as to the maximum temperature at the sprinkler location, a maximum-reading thermometer should be used to determine the temperature under conditions that would show the highest readings to be expected. In addition, recognized installation rules may require a higher temperature classifica- tion, depending upon sprinkler location, occupancy classification, commodity classification, storage height, and other hazards. In all cases, the maximum expected ceiling temperature dictates the lowest allowable temperature classification. Sprinklers located immediately adjacent to a heat source may require a higher temperature rating. K-Factors: Viking sprinklers are available in several orifice sizes with related K-Factors. The orifice is a tapered waterway and, therefore, the K-Factor given is nominal. Nominal U.S. K-Factors are provided in accordance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Section 3-2.3. Refer to the specific data page for appropriate K-Factor information. Available Styles: Viking sprinklers are available for installation in several positions as indicated by a stamping on the deflector. The deflector style dictates the appropriate installation position of the sprinkler; it breaks the solid stream of water issuing from the sprinkler orifice to form a specific spray pattern. The following list indicates the various styles and identification of Viking sprinklers. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector above the frame so water flows upward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pat- tern downward. Marked “SSU” (Standard Sprinkler Upright) or “UPRIGHT” on the deflector. PENDENT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be oriented with the deflec- tor below the frame so water flows downward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward. Marked “SSP” (Standard Sprinkler Pendent) or “PENDENT” on the de- flector. CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLER: An “old style” sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector in either the upright or pendent position. The deflector provides a spherical type pattern with 40 to 60 percent of the water initially directed downward and a proportion directed upward. Must be installed in accordance with installation rules for conventional or old style sprinklers. DO NOT USE AS A REPLACEMENT FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS. Marked “C U/P” (Conventional Upright/Pendent) on the deflector. Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporation’s Web site at http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this Technical Data Page. Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 2 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 VERTICAL SIDEWALL (VSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern and can be installed in the upright or pendent position with the flow arrow in the direction of discharge. Marked “SIDEWALL” on the deflector with an arrow and the word “FLOW”. (Note: Some vertical sidewall sprinklers can only be installed in the upright or pendent position—in this case, the sprinkler will also be marked “UPRIGHT” or “PENDENT”.) HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The special deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern. Most of the water is directed away from the nearby wall with a small portion directed at the wall behind the sprinkler. The top of the deflector is oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. The flow arrows point in the direction of discharge. Marked “SIDEWALL” and “TOP” with an arrow and the word “FLOW”. EXTENDED COVERAGE (EC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listings. Maximum area of coverage, minimum flow rate, orifice size, and nominal K-Factor are specified in the individual listings. EC sprinklers are intended for Light-Hazard occupancies with smooth, flat, horizontal ceil- ings unless otherwise specified. In addition to the above markings, the sprinkler is marked “EC”. QUICK RESPONSE (QR) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler with a fast- actuating operating element. The use of quick response sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to installing. QUICK RESPONSE EXTENDED COVERAGE (QREC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listing. This is a sprinkler with an operating element that meets the criteria for quick response. QREC sprinklers are only intended for Light Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler is marked “QREC”. FLUSH SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The unit is mounted flush with the ceiling or wall, with the fusible link exposed. Upon actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked “SSP”, “PEND”, or “SIDEWALL” and “TOP”. CONCEALED SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The sprinkler is hidden from view by a cover plate installed flush with the ceiling or wall. During fire conditions, the cover plate detaches, and upon sprinkler actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked “SSP”, “PEND”, or “SIDEWALL” and “TOP”. RECESSED SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler assembly intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The assembly con- sists of a sprinkler installed in a decorative adjustable recessed escutcheon that minimizes the protrusion of the sprinkler beyond the ceiling or wall without adversely affecting the sprinkler distribution or sensitivity. Refer to the appropriate technical data page for allowable sprinkler models, temperature ratings, and occupancy classifications. DO NOT RECESS ANY SPRINKLER NOT LISTED FOR USE WITH THE ESCUTCHEON. CORROSION-RESISTANT SPRINKLER: A special service sprinkler with non-corrosive protective coatings, or that is fabricated from non-corrosive material, for use in atmospheres that would normally corrode sprinklers. DRY SPRINKLER: A special-service sprinkler intended for installation on dry pipe systems or wet pipe systems where the sprinkler is subject to freezing temperatures. The unit consists of a sprinkler permanently secured to an extension nipple with a sealed inlet end to prevent water from entering the nipple until the sprinkler operates. The unit MUST be installed in a tee fitting. Dry upright sprinklers are marked with the “B” dimension [distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the top of the deflector]. Dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers are marked with the “A” dimension [the distance from the face of fitting (tee) to the finished surface of the ceiling or wall]. LARGE DROP SPRINKLER: A type of special application sprinkler used to provide fire control of specific high-challenge fire haz- ards. Large drop sprinklers are designed to produce an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward with a higher percentage of “large” water droplets than standard spray sprinklers. The sprinkler has an extra-large orifice with a nominal K-Factor of 11.2. Marked “HIGH CHALLENGE” and “UPRIGHT”. EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST-RESPONSE (ESFR) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to provide fire suppression of specific high- challenge fire hazards through the use of a fast response fusible link, 14.0, 16.8, or 25.2 nominal K-Factor, and special deflector. ESFR sprinklers are designed to produce high-momentum water droplets in a hemispherical pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. Marked “ESFR” and “UPRIGHT” or “PEND”. INTERMEDIATE LEVEL/RACK STORAGE SPRINKLER: A standard spray sprinkler assembly designed to protect its operating element from the spray of sprinklers installed at higher elevations. The assembly consists of a standard or large orifice upright or pendent sprinkler with an integral upright or pendent water shield and guard assembly. Use only those sprinklers that have been tested and listed for use with the assembly. Refer to the technical data page for allowable sprinkler models. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; and where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in resi- dential portions of any occupancy with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 3 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Residential sprinklers have a unique distribution pattern and utilize a “fast response” heat sensitive operating element. They en- hance survivability in the room of fire origin and are designed to provide a life safety environment for a minimum of ten minutes. For this reason, residential sprinklers must not be used to replace standard sprinklers unless tested for and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In addition to standard markings, the unit is identified as “RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER” or “RES”. 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers and the appropriate sprin- kler general care, installation, and maintenance guide. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) REGULATORY AND HEALTH WARNINGSBULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 1 of 1 Form No. F_111218 18.11.15 Rev 18.1 New Bulletin 1. DESCRIPTION Regulatory and Health Warnings applying to materials used in the manufacture and construction of fire protection products are provided herin as they relate to legally mandated jurisdictional regions. WARNING STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA Installing or servicing fire protection products such as sprinklers, valves, piping etc. can expose you to chemicals including, but not li- mited to, lead, nickel, butadiene, titaninum dioxide, chromium, carbon black, and acrylonitrile which are known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2. WARRANTY TERMS AND CONDITIONS For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule at www.vikinggroupinc.com or contact Viking directly. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK464 (K8.0) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_021606 20.06.26 Rev 20.2 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 1 of 5 1. DESCRIPTIONViking Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK464 is a thermosensitive glass-bulb spray sprinkler designed for installation on concealed pipe systems where the appearance of a smooth ceiling is desired.The sprinkler is pre-assembled with a threaded adapter for installation with a low-profile cover assembly that provides up to ½” (13 mm) of vertical adjustment. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The The “push-on” and “thread-on” designs of the concealed cover plate assemblies allow easy easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and the ceiling finish has been applied. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled, allowing temporary removal of ceiling panels without taking the sprinkler system out of service or removing the sprinkler. The Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is listed and approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. The ENT finish is only available for the sprinkler assembly, the cover plate is not plated. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 32 Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for cULus Listing requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications:Available since 2006.Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar). Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar).Thread size: 3/4” (20 mm) NPTNominal K-Factor: 8.0 U.S. (115.2 metric*) * Metric K-factor measurement is shown in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0.Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C)Patents Pending Material Standards:Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel UNS-S30300Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameterPip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Screws: 18-8 Stainless SteelBelleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with Teflon TapeYoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000Cover Adapter: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080, Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating Cover Assembly Materials:Cover: Copper UNS-C11000Base: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800Springs: Nickel AlloySolder: Eutectic Ordering Information: The sprinkler and cover plate must be ordered separately. Refer to Tables 1 and 2. 4. INSTALLATIONRefer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATIONDuring fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature, the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand and the bulb to shatter, releasing the yoke, pip-cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCERefer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. Replaces Form F_021606 Rev 20.1 (Added cover plate options.) MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK464 (K8.0) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_021606 20.06.26 Rev 20.2 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 2 of 5 7. AVAILABILITYThe Viking Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK464 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEEFor details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: SPRINKLER ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Sprinkler Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the desired Sprinkler Temperature Rating (4) Order a cover plate (refer to Table 2) Example: 13614AE = 200 °F (93 °C) Temperature Rated Sprinkler with a standard Brass finish. SIN Sprinkler Base Part Number Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings NPT Inch BSPT mm Description Suffix1 Sprinkler Temperature Classification Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Suffix VK464 13614 3/4 --Brass A Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)Red 100 °F (38 °C)B ENT 3,4 JN Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)Yellow 150 °F (65 °C)D Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)Green 150 °F (65 °C)E Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches and tools: A. Heavy Duty Part Number: 14047W/B5 (available since 2006) B. Head Cabinet Wrench Part Number: 140316 (available since 2006) C. Optional Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part Number: 144127 (available since 2007) D. Optional Large Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 148677 (available since 2007) Sprinkler Cabinet:Holds up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01731A (available since 1971). Footnotes 1. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 2. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. The corrosion resistant and corrosion proofing coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. 5. Requires a ½” ratchet (not available from Viking). 6. Also optional for removal of the protective cap. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. 7. The installer tool is for push-on style cover plates only. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK464 (K8.0) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_021606 20.06.26 Rev 20.2 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 3 of 5 Figure 1: Identification of Custom Paint for Concealed Covers All custom color painted cover plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of the cover that indicates the custom color and will have a representative sample (a paint dot) of the paint on the label. Figure 2: Square Cover Assembly 3-5/16” (84 mm)FACTORY APPLIE D CUSTO M P A I NT COLORTABLE 2: COVER PLATE ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the required Cover Plate Nominal Rating. Example: 23190MC/W = 165 °F (74 °C) Temperature Rated 2-3/4” (70 mm) diameter Round Cover Plate with a Painted White finish. 1: Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number3 2: Select a FinishThread-On Style Push-On Style Base Part Number Size Inch (mm)Type Base Part Number Size Inch (mm)Type Description Suffix5 23190 2-3/4 (70)Round 23447 2-3/4 (70)Round Polished Chrome F 23174 3-5/16 (84)Round 23463 3-5/16 (84)Round Brushed Chrome F-/B 23179 3-5/16 (84)Square 23482 3-5/16 (84)Square Bright Brass B Antique Brass B-/A Brushed Brass B-/B Brushed Copper E-/B Painted White M-/W Painted Ivory M-/I Painted Black M-/B 3: Temperature Rating Matrix1,2 Cover Plate Nominal Rating (Required) Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Rating Sprinkler Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Suffix UL: 135 °F (57 °C)Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)100 °F (38 °C)A 165 °F (74 °C)Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)150 °F (65 °C)C 165 °F (74 °C)Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)150 °F (65 °C)C Footnotes 1. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2. Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 4. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 5. Square cover plate 23179 cULus Listing is for the 135 °F (57 °C) temperature rated cover plate only. Refer to the Approval Chart. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK464 (K8.0) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_021606 20.06.26 Rev 20.2 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 4 of 5 DESIGN CRITERIA (Also refer to the Approval Chart.) cULus Listing Requirements: Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK464 is cULus Listed for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers as indicated below: • For hazard occupancies up to and including Ordinary Hazard, Group II. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. Maximum spacing allowed is 15 ft. (4.6 m). • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m) unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. • Minimum distance from walls is 4 in. (102 mm). • Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080416 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the lat- est edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, Assemblee Pleniere, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Approval Chart Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK464 Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Sprinkler Base Part Number1 SIN NPT Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Listings and Approvals3 (Refer also to Design Criteria) Inch mm U.S.metric2 cULus4 NYC5 13614A VK464 3/4”20 8.0 115.2 AW1, BX1 AW1, BX1 13614JN8 VK464 3/4”20 8.0 115.2 AW1, BX1 AW1, BX1 Sprinkler Temperature Ratings A - 155°F (68°C) B - 175°F (79°C) and 200°F (93°C) Cover Plate Assembly Temp. Ratings6 W - 135°F (57°C) cover, 231901, 234471 231741, 234631 (large diameter), or 231791, 234821 (square cover plate) X - 165°F (74°C) cover 231901, 234471 231741, 234631 (large diameter) Finishes of the Cover Plate Assembly7 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, or Painted Black Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4. Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5. Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 32. 6. The 135°F cover has an orange label. The 165°F cover has a white label. 7. Standard painted finishes consist of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. 8. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant.NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK464 (K8.0) TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_021606 20.06.26 Rev 20.2 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 5 of 5 3/4” (20 mm) NPT Figure 5: Sprinkler Dimensions and Cover Installation-VK464 2-1/4” (57 mm) NOTE: Upon sprinkler activation, the deflector descends to approximately 13/16” (21 mm) below the sprinkler body. 2-11/16” (68 mm) 2-3/16 (56 mm) 2-3/4” (70 mm) or 3-5/16” (84 mm) Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly • Protective cap removed • Use wrench 14031** Step 1: Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the deflector and pins Sprinkler Wrench Part No. 14047WB** 2-1/4” (57 mm) diameter opening required in the ceiling. Step 2: Carefully press the wrench upward and turn slightly to ensure engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats. NEVER install the sprinkler by applying the installation wrench across the frame arms. DO NOT overtighten. Use only the designated sprinkler wrenches, Part Numbers 14047WB** or 14031**. A leak-tight seal should be achieved by turning the sprinkler clockwise 1 to 1-1/2 turns beyond finger tight. Sprinkler wrench flat Sprinkler frame arms ** A 1/2” ratchet is required (Not available from us.) Figure 3: Sprinkler Installation and Proper Wrench Usage Replaces Form F_021606 Rev 20.1 (Added cover plate options.) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 1 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! General Handling and Storage: • Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. • Protect sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use the original shipping containers. DO NOT place sprinklers loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep sprinklers separated at all times. DO NOT allow metal parts to contact sprinkler operating elements. For Pre-Assembled Drops: • Protect sprinklers during handling and after installation. • For recessed assemblies, use the protective sprinkler cap (Viking Part Number 10364). Sprinklers with Protective Shields or Caps: • DO NOT remove shields or caps until after sprinkler installation and there no longer is potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. • Sprinkler shields or caps MUST be removed BEFORE placing the system in service! • Remove the sprinkler shield by carefully pulling it apart where it is snapped together. • Remove the cap by turning it slightly and pulling it off the sprinkler. Sprinkler Installation: • DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or operating element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. • Use only the designated sprinkler head wrench! Refer to the current sprinkler tech- nical data page to determine the correct wrench for the model of sprinkler used. • DO NOT install sprinklers onto piping at the floor level. • Install sprinklers after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. • DO NOT allow impacts such as hammer blows directly to sprinklers or to fittings, pipe, or couplings in close proximity to sprinklers. Sprinklers can be damaged from direct or indirect impacts. • DO NOT attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from sprinklers. • Take care not to over-tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2” NPT: 14 ft-lbs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4” NPT: 20 ft-lbs. (27.1 N-m) 1” NPT: 30 ft-lbs. (40.7 N-m) WARNING Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www.vikinggroupinc.com. CORRECT (Original container used) INCORRECT (Placed loose in box) CORRECT (Protected with caps) INCORRECT (Protective caps not used) CORRECT (Piping is in place at the ceiling) INCORRECT (Sprinkler at floor level) CORRECT (Special installation wrenches) INCORRECT (Designated wrench not used) Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 2 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 PROTECTIVE SPRINKLER SHIELDS AND CAPS General Handling and Storage: Many Viking sprinklers are available with a plastic protective cap or shield temporarily covering the operating elements. The snap- on shields and caps are factory installed and are intended to help protect the operating elements from mechanical damage during shipping, storage, and installation. NOTE: It is still necessary to follow the care and handling instructions on the appropriate sprin- kler technical data sheets* when installing sprinklers with bulb shields or caps. WHEN TO REMOVE THE SHIELDS AND CAPS: NOTE: SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Remove the shield or cap from the sprinkler only after checking all of the following: • The sprinkler has been installed*. • The wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Figure 1: Sprinkler shield being removed from a pendent sprinkler.Figure 2: Sprinkler cap being removed from a pendent sprinkler.Figure 3: Sprinkler cap being re-moved from and upright sprinkler. HOW TO REMOVE SHIELDS AND CAPS: No tools are necessary to remove the shields or caps from sprinklers. DO NOT use any sharp objects to remove them! Take care not to cause mechanical damage to sprinklers when removing the shields or caps. When removing caps from fusible ele- ment sprinklers, use care to prevent dislodging ejector springs or damaging fusible elements. NOTE: Squeezing the sprinkler cap excessively could damage sprinkler fusible elements. • To remove the shield, simply pull the ends of the shield apart where it is snapped together. Refer to Figure 1. • To remove the cap, turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. Refer to Figures 2 and 3. Refer to the current sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambient temperature allowed. * Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 3 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 GENERAL HANDLING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS: • Do not store in temperatures exceeding 100 °F (38 °C). Avoid direct sunlight and confined areas subject to heat. • Protect sprinklers and cover assemblies during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. -- Use original shipping containers. -- Do not place sprinklers or cover assemblies loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep the sprinkler bodies covered with the protective sprinkler cap any time the sprinklers are shipped or handled, during testing of the system, and while ceiling finish work is being completed. • Use only the designated Viking recessed sprinkler wrench (refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page) to install these sprinklers. NOTE: The protective cap is temporarily removed during installation and then placed back on the sprinkler for protection until finish work is completed. • Do not over-tighten the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not use the sprinkler deflector to start or thread the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from the sprinklers. • Remove the plastic protective cap from the sprinkler before attaching the cover plate assembly. PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly with Protective Cap CAUTION: CONCEALED COVER ASSEMBLIES ARE FRAGILE! TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT, HANDLE WITH CARE. Cover Plate Assembly (Pendent Cover 12381 shown) Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly (Protective Cap Removed) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 4 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 USE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING WAX-COATED SPRINKLERS Many of Viking’s sprinklers are available with factory-applied wax coating for corrosion resistance. These sprinklers MUST receive appropriate care and handling to avoid damaging the wax coating and to assure satisfactory performance of the product. General Handling and Storage of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: • Store the sprinklers in a cool, dry place (in temperatures below the maximum ambient temperature allowed for the sprinkler temperature rating. Refer to Table 1 below.) • Store containers of wax-coated sprinklers separate from other sprinklers. • Protect the sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use original shipping containers. • Do not place sprinklers in loose boxes, bins, or buckets. Installation of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: Use only the special sprinkler head wrench designed for installing wax-coated Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). • Take care not to crack the wax coating on the units. • For touching up the wax coating after installation, wax is available from Viking in bar form. Refer to Table 1 below. The coating MUST be repaired after sprinkler installation to protect the corrosion-resistant properties of the sprinkler. • Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they would be exposed to temperatures exceed- ing the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. • Inspect the coated sprinklers frequently soon after installation to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, inspect representative samples of the coated sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 25. Close up visual inspections are necessary to determine whether the sprinklers are being affected by corrosive conditions. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed. Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. TABLE 1 Sprinkler Temperature Rating (Fusing Point) Wax Part Number Wax Melting Point Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature1 Wax Color 155 °F (68 °C) / 165 °F (74 °C)02568A 148 °F (64 °C)100 °F (38 °C)Light Brown 175 °F (79 °C)04146A 161 °F (71 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Brown 200 °F (93 °C)04146A 161 °F (71 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Brown 220 °F (104 °C)02569A 170 °F (76 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Dark Brown 286 °F (141 °C)02569A 170 °F (76 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Dark Brown 1 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 1 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 1. DESCRIPTION Viking fire sprinklers consist of a threaded frame with a specific waterway or orifice size and a deflector for distributing water in a specified pattern. A closed or sealed sprinkler refers to a complete assembly, including the thermosensitive operating element. An open sprinkler does not use an operating element and is open at all times. The distribution of water is intended to extinguish a fire or to control its spread. Viking sprinklers are available in several models and styles. Refer to specific sprinkler technical data pages for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, thread sizes, and nominal K-Factors for the particular model selected. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or approval agency listings. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Pressure Ratings: Maximum allowable water working pressure is 175 psig (12 Bar) unless rated and specified for high water working pressure [250 psig (17.2 bar)]. Sprinkler Identification: Viking sprinklers are identified and marked with the word “Viking”, the sprinkler identification number (SIN) consisting of “VK” plus a three digit number*, the model letter, and the year of manufacture. Available Finishes: Viking sprinklers are available in several decorative finishes. Some models are available with corrosion-resistant coatings or are fabricated from non-corrosive material. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for additional information. Available Temperature Ratings: Viking sprinklers are available in several temperature ratings that relate to a specific temperature classification. Applicable installa- tion rules mandate the use and limitations of each temperature classification. In selecting the appropriate temperature classifica- tion, the maximum expected ceiling temperature must be known. When there is doubt as to the maximum temperature at the sprinkler location, a maximum-reading thermometer should be used to determine the temperature under conditions that would show the highest readings to be expected. In addition, recognized installation rules may require a higher temperature classifica- tion, depending upon sprinkler location, occupancy classification, commodity classification, storage height, and other hazards. In all cases, the maximum expected ceiling temperature dictates the lowest allowable temperature classification. Sprinklers located immediately adjacent to a heat source may require a higher temperature rating. K-Factors: Viking sprinklers are available in several orifice sizes with related K-Factors. The orifice is a tapered waterway and, therefore, the K-Factor given is nominal. Nominal U.S. K-Factors are provided in accordance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Section 3-2.3. Refer to the specific data page for appropriate K-Factor information. Available Styles: Viking sprinklers are available for installation in several positions as indicated by a stamping on the deflector. The deflector style dictates the appropriate installation position of the sprinkler; it breaks the solid stream of water issuing from the sprinkler orifice to form a specific spray pattern. The following list indicates the various styles and identification of Viking sprinklers. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector above the frame so water flows upward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pat- tern downward. Marked “SSU” (Standard Sprinkler Upright) or “UPRIGHT” on the deflector. PENDENT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be oriented with the deflec- tor below the frame so water flows downward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward. Marked “SSP” (Standard Sprinkler Pendent) or “PENDENT” on the de- flector. CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLER: An “old style” sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector in either the upright or pendent position. The deflector provides a spherical type pattern with 40 to 60 percent of the water initially directed downward and a proportion directed upward. Must be installed in accordance with installation rules for conventional or old style sprinklers. DO NOT USE AS A REPLACEMENT FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS. Marked “C U/P” (Conventional Upright/Pendent) on the deflector. Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporation’s Web site at http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this Technical Data Page. Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 2 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 VERTICAL SIDEWALL (VSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern and can be installed in the upright or pendent position with the flow arrow in the direction of discharge. Marked “SIDEWALL” on the deflector with an arrow and the word “FLOW”. (Note: Some vertical sidewall sprinklers can only be installed in the upright or pendent position—in this case, the sprinkler will also be marked “UPRIGHT” or “PENDENT”.) HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The special deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern. Most of the water is directed away from the nearby wall with a small portion directed at the wall behind the sprinkler. The top of the deflector is oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. The flow arrows point in the direction of discharge. Marked “SIDEWALL” and “TOP” with an arrow and the word “FLOW”. EXTENDED COVERAGE (EC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listings. Maximum area of coverage, minimum flow rate, orifice size, and nominal K-Factor are specified in the individual listings. EC sprinklers are intended for Light-Hazard occupancies with smooth, flat, horizontal ceil- ings unless otherwise specified. In addition to the above markings, the sprinkler is marked “EC”. QUICK RESPONSE (QR) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler with a fast- actuating operating element. The use of quick response sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to installing. QUICK RESPONSE EXTENDED COVERAGE (QREC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listing. This is a sprinkler with an operating element that meets the criteria for quick response. QREC sprinklers are only intended for Light Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler is marked “QREC”. FLUSH SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The unit is mounted flush with the ceiling or wall, with the fusible link exposed. Upon actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked “SSP”, “PEND”, or “SIDEWALL” and “TOP”. CONCEALED SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The sprinkler is hidden from view by a cover plate installed flush with the ceiling or wall. During fire conditions, the cover plate detaches, and upon sprinkler actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked “SSP”, “PEND”, or “SIDEWALL” and “TOP”. RECESSED SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler assembly intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The assembly con- sists of a sprinkler installed in a decorative adjustable recessed escutcheon that minimizes the protrusion of the sprinkler beyond the ceiling or wall without adversely affecting the sprinkler distribution or sensitivity. Refer to the appropriate technical data page for allowable sprinkler models, temperature ratings, and occupancy classifications. DO NOT RECESS ANY SPRINKLER NOT LISTED FOR USE WITH THE ESCUTCHEON. CORROSION-RESISTANT SPRINKLER: A special service sprinkler with non-corrosive protective coatings, or that is fabricated from non-corrosive material, for use in atmospheres that would normally corrode sprinklers. DRY SPRINKLER: A special-service sprinkler intended for installation on dry pipe systems or wet pipe systems where the sprinkler is subject to freezing temperatures. The unit consists of a sprinkler permanently secured to an extension nipple with a sealed inlet end to prevent water from entering the nipple until the sprinkler operates. The unit MUST be installed in a tee fitting. Dry upright sprinklers are marked with the “B” dimension [distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the top of the deflector]. Dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers are marked with the “A” dimension [the distance from the face of fitting (tee) to the finished surface of the ceiling or wall]. LARGE DROP SPRINKLER: A type of special application sprinkler used to provide fire control of specific high-challenge fire haz- ards. Large drop sprinklers are designed to produce an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward with a higher percentage of “large” water droplets than standard spray sprinklers. The sprinkler has an extra-large orifice with a nominal K-Factor of 11.2. Marked “HIGH CHALLENGE” and “UPRIGHT”. EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST-RESPONSE (ESFR) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to provide fire suppression of specific high- challenge fire hazards through the use of a fast response fusible link, 14.0, 16.8, or 25.2 nominal K-Factor, and special deflector. ESFR sprinklers are designed to produce high-momentum water droplets in a hemispherical pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. Marked “ESFR” and “UPRIGHT” or “PEND”. INTERMEDIATE LEVEL/RACK STORAGE SPRINKLER: A standard spray sprinkler assembly designed to protect its operating element from the spray of sprinklers installed at higher elevations. The assembly consists of a standard or large orifice upright or pendent sprinkler with an integral upright or pendent water shield and guard assembly. Use only those sprinklers that have been tested and listed for use with the assembly. Refer to the technical data page for allowable sprinkler models. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; and where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in resi- dential portions of any occupancy with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 3 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Residential sprinklers have a unique distribution pattern and utilize a “fast response” heat sensitive operating element. They en- hance survivability in the room of fire origin and are designed to provide a life safety environment for a minimum of ten minutes. For this reason, residential sprinklers must not be used to replace standard sprinklers unless tested for and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In addition to standard markings, the unit is identified as “RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER” or “RES”. 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers and the appropriate sprin- kler general care, installation, and maintenance guide. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) REGULATORY AND HEALTH WARNINGSBULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 1 of 1 Form No. F_111218 18.11.15 Rev 18.1 New Bulletin 1. DESCRIPTION Regulatory and Health Warnings applying to materials used in the manufacture and construction of fire protection products are provided herin as they relate to legally mandated jurisdictional regions. WARNING STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA Installing or servicing fire protection products such as sprinklers, valves, piping etc. can expose you to chemicals including, but not li- mited to, lead, nickel, butadiene, titaninum dioxide, chromium, carbon black, and acrylonitrile which are known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2. WARRANTY TERMS AND CONDITIONS For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule at www.vikinggroupinc.com or contact Viking directly. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK465 (K4.2)TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_032107 21.03.09 Rev 21.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 1 of 5 1. DESCRIPTIONViking Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK465 is a thermo-sensitive glass-bulb spray sprinkler designed for installation on concealed pipe systems where the appearance of a smooth ceiling is desired.The sprinkler is pre-assembled with a threaded adapter for installation with a low-profile cover assembly that provides up to ½” (13 mm) of vertical adjustment. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The The “push-on” and “thread-on” designs of the concealed cover plate assemblies allow easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and the ceiling finish has been applied. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled, allowing temporary removal of ceiling panels without taking the sprinkler system out of service or removing the sprinkler. The Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is listed and approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. The ENT finish is only available for the sprinkler assembly, the cover plate is not plated. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for cULus Listing requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications:Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar). Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar).Thread size: 1/2” (15 mm) NPTNominal K-Factor: 4.2 U.S. (57 metric*) * Metric K-factor measurement is shown in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0.Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C)Patents Pending Material Standards:Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel UNS-S30300Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameterPip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Screws: 18-8 Stainless SteelBelleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE TapeYoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000Cover Adapter: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080, Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating Cover Assembly Materials:Cover: Copper UNS-C11000Base: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800Springs: Nickel AlloySolder: Eutectic Ordering Information: The sprinkler and cover plate must be ordered separately. Refer to Tables 1 and 2. 4. INSTALLATIONRefer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATIONDuring fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature, the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand and the bulb to shatter, releasing the yoke, pip-cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCERefer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. For Light Hazard Occupancies Only Replaces Form No. F_032107 Rev 20.3 (Removed PN 14262.) MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK465 (K4.2)TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_032107 21.03.09 Rev 21.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 2 of 5 7. AVAILABILITYViking Mirage® Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK465 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEEFor details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: SPRINKLER ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Sprinkler Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the desired Sprinkler Temperature Rating (4) Order a cover plate (refer to Table 2) Example: 21274AE = 200 °F (93 °C) Temperature Rated Sprinkler with a standard Brass finish. SIN Sprinkler Base Part Number Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings NPT Inch BSPT mm Description Suffix1 Sprinkler Temperature Classification Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Suffix VK465 21274 1/2 15 Brass A Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)Red 100 °F (38 °C)B ENT 3,4 JN Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)Yellow 150 °F (65 °C)D Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)Green 150 °F (65 °C)E Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches and tools (see Figure 1): A. Heavy Duty Part Number: 14047W/B5 (available since 2006) B. Head Cabinet Wrench Part Number: 140316 (available since 2006) C. Optional Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part Number: 144127 (available since 2007) D. Optional Large Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 148677 (available since 2007) Sprinkler Cabinet:Holds up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01731A (available since 1971). Footnotes 1. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 2. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. The corrosion resistant and corrosion proofing coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. 5. Requires a ½” ratchet (not available from Viking). 6. Also optional for removal of the protective cap. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. 7. The installer tool is for push-on style cover plates only. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK465 (K4.2)TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_032107 21.03.09 Rev 21.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 3 of 5 TABLE 2: COVER PLATE ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: (1) Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number (2) Add the suffix for the desired Finish (3) Add the suffix for the required Cover Plate Nominal Rating. Example: 23190MC/W = 165 °F (74 °C) Temperature Rated, 2-3/4” (70 mm) diameter, Thread-On style Round Cover Plate with a Painted White finish. 1: Select a Cover Plate Base Part Number3 2: Select a FinishThread-On Style Push-On Style Base Part Number Size Inch (mm)Type Base Part Number Size Inch (mm)Type Description Suffix5 23190 2-3/4 (70)Round 23447 2-3/4 (70)Round Polished Chrome F 23174 3-5/16 (84)Round 23463 3-5/16 (84)Round Brushed Chrome F-/B 23179 3-5/16 (84)Square 23482 3-5/16 (84)Square Bright Brass B Antique Brass B-/A Brushed Brass B-/B Brushed Copper E-/B Painted White M-/W Painted Ivory M-/I Painted Black M-/B 3: Temperature Rating Matrix1,2 Cover Plate Nominal Rating (Required) Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Rating Sprinkler Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Suffix UL: 135 °F (57 °C)Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)100 °F (38 °C)A 165 °F (74 °C)Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)150 °F (65 °C)C 165 °F (74 °C)Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)150 °F (65 °C)C Footnotes 1. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2. Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 4. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 5. Square cover plates 23179 and 23482 cULus Listing is for the 135 °F (57 °C) temperature rated cover plate only. Refer to the Approval Chart. Figure 1: Identification of Custom Paint for Concealed Covers All custom color painted cover plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of the cover that indicates the custom color and will have a representative sample (a paint dot) of the paint on the label. Figure 2: Square Cover Assembly 3-5/16” (84 mm)FACTORY APPLIE D CUSTO M P A I NT COLOR MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK465 (K4.2)TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_032107 21.03.09 Rev 21.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 4 of 5 DESIGN CRITERIA (Also refer to the Approval Chart ) cULus Listing Requirements: Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK465 is cULus Listed as a quick response sprinkler for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers as indicated below: • Limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems, or hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. • Maximum spacing allowed is 15 ft. (4.6 m). • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m) unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. • Minimum distance from walls is 4 in. (102 mm). • Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080416 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the lat- est edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, Assemblee Pleniere, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Approval Chart Mirage® Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK465 For Light Hazard Occupancies Only; Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Sprinkler Base Part Number1 SIN NPT Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length (Sprinkler Body) Listings and Approvals3 (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 64d.) Inch mm U.S.metric2 Inches mm cULus4 FM NYC VdS LPCB 21274JN8 VK465 1/2”15 4.2 57 2-3/16”56 AW1, BX1 --See Footnote 5.-------- 21274A VK465 1/2”15 4.2 57 2-3/16”56 AW1, BX1 --See Footnote 5.-------- Sprinkler Temperature Ratings A - 155 °F (68 °C) B - 175 °F (79 °C) and 200 °F (93 °C) Cover Plate Assembly Temp. Ratings6 W - 135 °F (57 °C) cover, 231901, 234471 231741, 234631 (large diameter), or 231791, 23482 1 (square cover plate) X - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 231901, 234471, or 231741, 234631 (large diameter) Finishes of the Cover Plate Assembly7 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, or Painted Black Footnotes 1. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2. Metric K-factor measurement is shown in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4. Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5. Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008. 6. The 135 °F (57 °C) cover has an orange label. The 165 °F (74 °C) cover has a white label. 7. Standard painted finishes consist of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. 8. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. MIRAGE® QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK465 (K4.2)TECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_032107 21.03.09 Rev 21.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com. Page 5 of 5 Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly • Protective cap removed • Use wrench 14047W/B** Step 1: Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the deflector and pins Sprinkler Wrench Part No. 14047W/B** ** A 1/2” ratchet is required (Not available from Viking) 2-1/4” (57 mm) diameter opening required in the ceiling. Step 2: Carefully press the wrench upward and turn slightly to ensure engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats. Figure 3: Sprinkler Installation and Proper Wrench Usage NEVER install the sprinkler by applying the installation wrench across the frame arms. DO NOT overtighten. Use only the designated sprinkler wrenches, Viking Part Numbers 14047W/B** or 14031**. A leak tight seal should be achieved by turning the sprinkler clockwise 1 to 1-1/2 turns beyond finger tight. Sprinkler wrench flat Sprinkler frame arms Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions and Cover Installation 1/2” (15 mm) NPT 2-3/16”(55 mm)2-3/4” (70 mm)Maximum 2-1/4” (57 mm)Minimum 2-3/4” (70 mm) or 3-5/16” (84 mm)NOTE: Upon sprinkler activation, the deflector descends to approximately 13/16” (21 mm) below the sprinkler body. Replaces Form No. F_032107 Rev 20.2 (Removed PN 14262.) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 1 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 SPRINKLERS ARE FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE! General Handling and Storage: • Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. • Protect sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use the original shipping containers. DO NOT place sprinklers loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep sprinklers separated at all times. DO NOT allow metal parts to contact sprinkler operating elements. For Pre-Assembled Drops: • Protect sprinklers during handling and after installation. • For recessed assemblies, use the protective sprinkler cap (Viking Part Number 10364). Sprinklers with Protective Shields or Caps: • DO NOT remove shields or caps until after sprinkler installation and there no longer is potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. • Sprinkler shields or caps MUST be removed BEFORE placing the system in service! • Remove the sprinkler shield by carefully pulling it apart where it is snapped together. • Remove the cap by turning it slightly and pulling it off the sprinkler. Sprinkler Installation: • DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or operating element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. • Use only the designated sprinkler head wrench! Refer to the current sprinkler tech- nical data page to determine the correct wrench for the model of sprinkler used. • DO NOT install sprinklers onto piping at the floor level. • Install sprinklers after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. • DO NOT allow impacts such as hammer blows directly to sprinklers or to fittings, pipe, or couplings in close proximity to sprinklers. Sprinklers can be damaged from direct or indirect impacts. • DO NOT attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from sprinklers. • Take care not to over-tighten the sprinkler and/or damage its operating parts! Maximum Torque: 1/2” NPT: 14 ft-lbs. (19.0 N-m) 3/4” NPT: 20 ft-lbs. (27.1 N-m) 1” NPT: 30 ft-lbs. (40.7 N-m) WARNING Any sprinkler with a loss of liquid from the glass bulb or damage to the fusible element should be destroyed. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient temperature allowed. Sprinklers that have been painted in the field must be replaced per NFPA 13. Protect sprinklers from paint and paint overspray in accordance with the installation standards. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia, or any other cleaning fluid. Do not use adhesives or solvents on sprinklers or their operating elements. Refer to the appropriate technical data page and NFPA standards for complete care, handling, installation, and maintenance instructions. For additional product and system information Viking data pages and installation instructions are available on the Viking Web site at www.vikinggroupinc.com. CORRECT (Original container used) INCORRECT (Placed loose in box) CORRECT (Protected with caps) INCORRECT (Protective caps not used) CORRECT (Piping is in place at the ceiling) INCORRECT (Sprinkler at floor level) CORRECT (Special installation wrenches) INCORRECT (Designated wrench not used) Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 2 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 PROTECTIVE SPRINKLER SHIELDS AND CAPS General Handling and Storage: Many Viking sprinklers are available with a plastic protective cap or shield temporarily covering the operating elements. The snap- on shields and caps are factory installed and are intended to help protect the operating elements from mechanical damage during shipping, storage, and installation. NOTE: It is still necessary to follow the care and handling instructions on the appropriate sprin- kler technical data sheets* when installing sprinklers with bulb shields or caps. WHEN TO REMOVE THE SHIELDS AND CAPS: NOTE: SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Remove the shield or cap from the sprinkler only after checking all of the following: • The sprinkler has been installed*. • The wall or ceiling finish work is completed where the sprinkler is installed and there no longer is a potential for mechanical damage to the sprinkler operating elements. SHIELDS AND CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Figure 1: Sprinkler shield being removed from a pendent sprinkler.Figure 2: Sprinkler cap being removed from a pendent sprinkler.Figure 3: Sprinkler cap being re-moved from and upright sprinkler. HOW TO REMOVE SHIELDS AND CAPS: No tools are necessary to remove the shields or caps from sprinklers. DO NOT use any sharp objects to remove them! Take care not to cause mechanical damage to sprinklers when removing the shields or caps. When removing caps from fusible ele- ment sprinklers, use care to prevent dislodging ejector springs or damaging fusible elements. NOTE: Squeezing the sprinkler cap excessively could damage sprinkler fusible elements. • To remove the shield, simply pull the ends of the shield apart where it is snapped together. Refer to Figure 1. • To remove the cap, turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. Refer to Figures 2 and 3. Refer to the current sprinkler technical data page to determine the correct sprinkler wrench for the model of sprinkler used. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambient temperature allowed. * Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 3 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 GENERAL HANDLING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS: • Do not store in temperatures exceeding 100 °F (38 °C). Avoid direct sunlight and confined areas subject to heat. • Protect sprinklers and cover assemblies during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. -- Use original shipping containers. -- Do not place sprinklers or cover assemblies loose in boxes, bins, or buckets. • Keep the sprinkler bodies covered with the protective sprinkler cap any time the sprinklers are shipped or handled, during testing of the system, and while ceiling finish work is being completed. • Use only the designated Viking recessed sprinkler wrench (refer to the appropriate sprinkler data page) to install these sprinklers. NOTE: The protective cap is temporarily removed during installation and then placed back on the sprinkler for protection until finish work is completed. • Do not over-tighten the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not use the sprinkler deflector to start or thread the sprinklers into fittings during installation. • Do not attempt to remove drywall, paint, etc., from the sprinklers. • Remove the plastic protective cap from the sprinkler before attaching the cover plate assembly. PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly with Protective Cap CAUTION: CONCEALED COVER ASSEMBLIES ARE FRAGILE! TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT, HANDLE WITH CARE. Cover Plate Assembly (Pendent Cover 12381 shown) Concealed Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly (Protective Cap Removed) BULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com CARE AND HANDLING OF SPRINKLERS Page 4 of 4 Form No. F_091699 18.10.11 Rev 16.1.P65 USE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING WAX-COATED SPRINKLERS Many of Viking’s sprinklers are available with factory-applied wax coating for corrosion resistance. These sprinklers MUST receive appropriate care and handling to avoid damaging the wax coating and to assure satisfactory performance of the product. General Handling and Storage of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: • Store the sprinklers in a cool, dry place (in temperatures below the maximum ambient temperature allowed for the sprinkler temperature rating. Refer to Table 1 below.) • Store containers of wax-coated sprinklers separate from other sprinklers. • Protect the sprinklers during storage, transport, handling, and after installation. • Use original shipping containers. • Do not place sprinklers in loose boxes, bins, or buckets. Installation of Wax-Coated Sprinklers: Use only the special sprinkler head wrench designed for installing wax-coated Viking sprinklers (any other wrench may damage the unit). • Take care not to crack the wax coating on the units. • For touching up the wax coating after installation, wax is available from Viking in bar form. Refer to Table 1 below. The coating MUST be repaired after sprinkler installation to protect the corrosion-resistant properties of the sprinkler. • Use care when locating sprinklers near fixtures that can generate heat. Do not install sprinklers where they would be exposed to temperatures exceed- ing the maximum recommended ambient temperature for the temperature rating used. • Inspect the coated sprinklers frequently soon after installation to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, inspect representative samples of the coated sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 25. Close up visual inspections are necessary to determine whether the sprinklers are being affected by corrosive conditions. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or exposed to temperatures in excess of the maximum ambi- ent temperature allowed. Refer to the appropriate current technical data pages for complete care, handling, and installation instructions. Data pages are included with each shipment from Viking or Viking distributors. They can also be found on the Web site at www. vikinggroupinc.com. TABLE 1 Sprinkler Temperature Rating (Fusing Point) Wax Part Number Wax Melting Point Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature1 Wax Color 155 °F (68 °C) / 165 °F (74 °C)02568A 148 °F (64 °C)100 °F (38 °C)Light Brown 175 °F (79 °C)04146A 161 °F (71 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Brown 200 °F (93 °C)04146A 161 °F (71 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Brown 220 °F (104 °C)02569A 170 °F (76 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Dark Brown 286 °F (141 °C)02569A 170 °F (76 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Dark Brown 1 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. Replaces Form No. F_091699 Rev 16.1 (Added P65 Warning) TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 1 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 1. DESCRIPTION Viking fire sprinklers consist of a threaded frame with a specific waterway or orifice size and a deflector for distributing water in a specified pattern. A closed or sealed sprinkler refers to a complete assembly, including the thermosensitive operating element. An open sprinkler does not use an operating element and is open at all times. The distribution of water is intended to extinguish a fire or to control its spread. Viking sprinklers are available in several models and styles. Refer to specific sprinkler technical data pages for available styles, finishes, temperature ratings, thread sizes, and nominal K-Factors for the particular model selected. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Refer to the Approval Charts on the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s) and/or approval agency listings. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Pressure Ratings: Maximum allowable water working pressure is 175 psig (12 Bar) unless rated and specified for high water working pressure [250 psig (17.2 bar)]. Sprinkler Identification: Viking sprinklers are identified and marked with the word “Viking”, the sprinkler identification number (SIN) consisting of “VK” plus a three digit number*, the model letter, and the year of manufacture. Available Finishes: Viking sprinklers are available in several decorative finishes. Some models are available with corrosion-resistant coatings or are fabricated from non-corrosive material. Refer to the sprinkler technical data page for additional information. Available Temperature Ratings: Viking sprinklers are available in several temperature ratings that relate to a specific temperature classification. Applicable installa- tion rules mandate the use and limitations of each temperature classification. In selecting the appropriate temperature classifica- tion, the maximum expected ceiling temperature must be known. When there is doubt as to the maximum temperature at the sprinkler location, a maximum-reading thermometer should be used to determine the temperature under conditions that would show the highest readings to be expected. In addition, recognized installation rules may require a higher temperature classifica- tion, depending upon sprinkler location, occupancy classification, commodity classification, storage height, and other hazards. In all cases, the maximum expected ceiling temperature dictates the lowest allowable temperature classification. Sprinklers located immediately adjacent to a heat source may require a higher temperature rating. K-Factors: Viking sprinklers are available in several orifice sizes with related K-Factors. The orifice is a tapered waterway and, therefore, the K-Factor given is nominal. Nominal U.S. K-Factors are provided in accordance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Section 3-2.3. Refer to the specific data page for appropriate K-Factor information. Available Styles: Viking sprinklers are available for installation in several positions as indicated by a stamping on the deflector. The deflector style dictates the appropriate installation position of the sprinkler; it breaks the solid stream of water issuing from the sprinkler orifice to form a specific spray pattern. The following list indicates the various styles and identification of Viking sprinklers. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector above the frame so water flows upward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pat- tern downward. Marked “SSU” (Standard Sprinkler Upright) or “UPRIGHT” on the deflector. PENDENT SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to be oriented with the deflec- tor below the frame so water flows downward through the orifice, striking the deflector and forming an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward. Marked “SSP” (Standard Sprinkler Pendent) or “PENDENT” on the de- flector. CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLER: An “old style” sprinkler intended to be installed with the deflector in either the upright or pendent position. The deflector provides a spherical type pattern with 40 to 60 percent of the water initially directed downward and a proportion directed upward. Must be installed in accordance with installation rules for conventional or old style sprinklers. DO NOT USE AS A REPLACEMENT FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS. Marked “C U/P” (Conventional Upright/Pendent) on the deflector. Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporation’s Web site at http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this Technical Data Page. Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 2 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 VERTICAL SIDEWALL (VSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern and can be installed in the upright or pendent position with the flow arrow in the direction of discharge. Marked “SIDEWALL” on the deflector with an arrow and the word “FLOW”. (Note: Some vertical sidewall sprinklers can only be installed in the upright or pendent position—in this case, the sprinkler will also be marked “UPRIGHT” or “PENDENT”.) HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for installation near the wall and ceiling. The special deflector provides a water spray pattern outward in a quarter-spherical pattern. Most of the water is directed away from the nearby wall with a small portion directed at the wall behind the sprinkler. The top of the deflector is oriented parallel with the ceiling or roof. The flow arrows point in the direction of discharge. Marked “SIDEWALL” and “TOP” with an arrow and the word “FLOW”. EXTENDED COVERAGE (EC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listings. Maximum area of coverage, minimum flow rate, orifice size, and nominal K-Factor are specified in the individual listings. EC sprinklers are intended for Light-Hazard occupancies with smooth, flat, horizontal ceil- ings unless otherwise specified. In addition to the above markings, the sprinkler is marked “EC”. QUICK RESPONSE (QR) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler with a fast- actuating operating element. The use of quick response sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to installing. QUICK RESPONSE EXTENDED COVERAGE (QREC) SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler designed to discharge water over an area having the maximum dimensions indicated in the individual listing. This is a sprinkler with an operating element that meets the criteria for quick response. QREC sprinklers are only intended for Light Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler is marked “QREC”. FLUSH SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The unit is mounted flush with the ceiling or wall, with the fusible link exposed. Upon actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked “SSP”, “PEND”, or “SIDEWALL” and “TOP”. CONCEALED SPRINKLER: A decorative spray sprinkler intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The sprinkler is hidden from view by a cover plate installed flush with the ceiling or wall. During fire conditions, the cover plate detaches, and upon sprinkler actuation, the deflector extends beyond the ceiling or wall to distribute water discharge. The sprinkler is marked “SSP”, “PEND”, or “SIDEWALL” and “TOP”. RECESSED SPRINKLER: A spray sprinkler assembly intended for installation with a concealed piping system. The assembly con- sists of a sprinkler installed in a decorative adjustable recessed escutcheon that minimizes the protrusion of the sprinkler beyond the ceiling or wall without adversely affecting the sprinkler distribution or sensitivity. Refer to the appropriate technical data page for allowable sprinkler models, temperature ratings, and occupancy classifications. DO NOT RECESS ANY SPRINKLER NOT LISTED FOR USE WITH THE ESCUTCHEON. CORROSION-RESISTANT SPRINKLER: A special service sprinkler with non-corrosive protective coatings, or that is fabricated from non-corrosive material, for use in atmospheres that would normally corrode sprinklers. DRY SPRINKLER: A special-service sprinkler intended for installation on dry pipe systems or wet pipe systems where the sprinkler is subject to freezing temperatures. The unit consists of a sprinkler permanently secured to an extension nipple with a sealed inlet end to prevent water from entering the nipple until the sprinkler operates. The unit MUST be installed in a tee fitting. Dry upright sprinklers are marked with the “B” dimension [distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the top of the deflector]. Dry pendent and sidewall sprinklers are marked with the “A” dimension [the distance from the face of fitting (tee) to the finished surface of the ceiling or wall]. LARGE DROP SPRINKLER: A type of special application sprinkler used to provide fire control of specific high-challenge fire haz- ards. Large drop sprinklers are designed to produce an umbrella-shaped spray pattern downward with a higher percentage of “large” water droplets than standard spray sprinklers. The sprinkler has an extra-large orifice with a nominal K-Factor of 11.2. Marked “HIGH CHALLENGE” and “UPRIGHT”. EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST-RESPONSE (ESFR) SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended to provide fire suppression of specific high- challenge fire hazards through the use of a fast response fusible link, 14.0, 16.8, or 25.2 nominal K-Factor, and special deflector. ESFR sprinklers are designed to produce high-momentum water droplets in a hemispherical pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. Marked “ESFR” and “UPRIGHT” or “PEND”. INTERMEDIATE LEVEL/RACK STORAGE SPRINKLER: A standard spray sprinkler assembly designed to protect its operating element from the spray of sprinklers installed at higher elevations. The assembly consists of a standard or large orifice upright or pendent sprinkler with an integral upright or pendent water shield and guard assembly. Use only those sprinklers that have been tested and listed for use with the assembly. Refer to the technical data page for allowable sprinkler models. RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER: A sprinkler intended for use in the following occupancies: one- and two-family dwellings with the fire protection sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13D; residential occupancies up to four stories in height with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13R; and where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in resi- dential portions of any occupancy with the fire protection system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com SPRINKLER OVERVIEW Page 3 of 3 Form No. F_080814 18.12.06 Rev 14.1.P65 Residential sprinklers have a unique distribution pattern and utilize a “fast response” heat sensitive operating element. They en- hance survivability in the room of fire origin and are designed to provide a life safety environment for a minimum of ten minutes. For this reason, residential sprinklers must not be used to replace standard sprinklers unless tested for and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In addition to standard markings, the unit is identified as “RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER” or “RES”. 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION Refer to the appropriate sprinkler technical data page(s). 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers and the appropriate sprin- kler general care, installation, and maintenance guide. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. The sprinkler technical data page may contain installation requirements specific for the sprinkler model selected. The use of certain types of sprinklers may be limited due to occupancy and hazard. Refer to the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. Replaces Form No. F_080814 Rev 14.1 (Added P65 Warning.) REGULATORY AND HEALTH WARNINGSBULLETIN The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 1 of 1 Form No. F_111218 18.11.15 Rev 18.1 New Bulletin 1. DESCRIPTION Regulatory and Health Warnings applying to materials used in the manufacture and construction of fire protection products are provided herin as they relate to legally mandated jurisdictional regions. WARNING STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA Installing or servicing fire protection products such as sprinklers, valves, piping etc. can expose you to chemicals including, but not li- mited to, lead, nickel, butadiene, titaninum dioxide, chromium, carbon black, and acrylonitrile which are known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2. WARRANTY TERMS AND CONDITIONS For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule at www.vikinggroupinc.com or contact Viking directly. COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 1 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking QR COIN® Sprinklers are quick response specific application sprinklers for combustible interstitial (concealed) spaces (i.e., between floors, as well as low pitch attics that meet the criteria shown in the figures in this data page). These upright sprinklers are designed for use in specific light hazard combustible, as well as non-combustible, concealed spaces requiring sprinkler protection. The orifice design of the Viking QR COIN® Sprinkler, with a nominal K-factor of 5.6 (80 metric*), allows efficient use of available water supplies for hydraulically designed fire protection systems. The glass bulb operating element and special deflector combine speed of operation and area of coverage to meet the crucial fire protection requirement for shallow space combustible concealed spaces. The Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is listed/approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. FEATURES • In some cases COIN® Sprinklers can allow the use of CPVC piping within the concealed spaces of applications requiring sprinkler protection in open truss construction of both wood and steel trusses (see Figure 3) and solid wood or composite wood joist with upper deck filled with non-combustible insulation (see Figure 5).• COIN® Sprinklers can also be installed with steel pipe in protected areas constructed of solid wood joists (see Figure 7), and solid wood or composite wood joist with upper deck filled with non-combustible insulation (see Figure 8), and in unobstructed open truss construction of both wood and steel trusses (see Figures 9 and 10) as well as obstructed wood truss construction (see Figure 11). • When using steel pipe, COIN® Sprinklers can be applied as a dry system using air or gas as a supervisory medium (see Figures 7–11).• In certain scenarios, draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing meets either of the following criteria (also refer to Design Criteria): -14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m) for solid wood joists or trusses on edge -16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m) for truss construction on face (not on edge)For examples of trusses on face or edge see Figures 13A and 13B. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria in this technical data sheet for cULus Listing requirements that must be followed. The COIN® Sprinkler has been tested to address the proper application density for shallow concealed combustible space fire protection when installed in accordance with this technical data page. The COIN® Sprinkler must be installed in the upright position as specified in the appropriate application described in Figures 3–12. The clearance from the sprinkler deflector to the roof is critical to operation of the sprinkler (refer to Figures 3–12). The clearances from pipe to lower ceiling for CPVC pipe is critical for protection of CPVC pipe. For open truss and joist spaces, the maximum detection area is important for proper installation. In certain installations, draft curtains or heat collection baffles or solid walls are required using wood or other product that will not allow heat to escape. In these installations, the maximum detection space shall be limited to 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 2000 ft2 (185 m2) for solid wood joists. The draft curtain is required to protrude down from the top deck surface as specified herein. Additionally, draft curtains are not required and the maximum detection space shall be unlimited for open truss construction with the top chord member on their face (not on edge) when sprinkler spacing is up to 16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m) and for solid wood joists or trusses on edge when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m). In these cases, draft curtains are not required. COIN® Sprinkler VK950 5.6K (80 metric) Replaces Form No. F_081216 20.2 (Added new Figure 6 and 12.) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 2 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications:Minimum Operating Pressure: Refer to Design Criteria in this technical data sheet. Rated to 175 psi (12 bar) water working pressureFactory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar)Thread size: 1/2” (15 mm) NPTNominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80 metric*) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C)Overall Length: 2-1/4” (57 mm) Material Standards:Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM BrassDeflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameterBelleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE TapeScrew: Brass UNS-C36000Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Ordering Information: (Refer to Table 1.) 4. INSTALLATIONRefer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During a fire condition, the heat sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire, and protect the piping in the interstitial space. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCERefer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking QR COIN® Sprinkler is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEEFor details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 21475M/B Wrench Flat Protective clip Figure 2: Sprinkler Dimensions 1/2” NPT (15mm) 2-1/4” (57 mm) 7/16” (11 mm) Nominal pipe engagement 1-3/4” (45 mm) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 3 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart COIN® Specific Application QR Upright Sprinkler VK950 For Light Hazard Occupancies Only Part Number1 SIN Maximum Pressure Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 (Refer also to Design Criteria.) NPT BSPT U.S.metric2 Inches mm cULus4 20757 VK950 175 psi 1/2”15 mm 5.6 80 2-1/4 57 A1 Approved Temperature Rating A - 200 °F (93 °C) Approved Finish 1 - Brass, ENT6 Footnotes 1 Also refer to Viking’s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. 4 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5 Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008. 6 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. TABLE 1: ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: Using the sprinkler base part number, (1) add the suffix for the desired Finish (2) add the suffix for the desired Temperature Rating. Sprinkler Base Part No. Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings4 Classification: Intermediate NPT Inch Description Suffix Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Ceiling Temperature1 Suffix 20757 1/2 Brass A 200 °F (93 °C)Green 150 °F (65 °C)E ENT 2,3 JN Corrosion-Resistant Coating: ENT2,3 Example: 20757AE = VK950 with Brass Finish and 200 °F (93 °C) Nominal temperature rating. This sprinkler is to be installed into an area with a maximum ambient temperature of 150 °F (65 °C) meaning if the area will experience temperatures above the maximum ambient rating, you shall use a higher temperature-rated sprinkler. Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches (see Figure 1): A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 21475MB. Sprinkler Cabinet: A. Up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01724A. B. 6-12 Sprinklers: Part number 01725A. Footnotes 1. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 2. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 3. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. For ENT coated sprinklers, the Belleville spring is exposed. 4. The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 4 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - CPVC PIPE (See Figures 3-6) (Also refer to the Approval Chart on page 3.) The Viking COIN® Sprinkler MUST be installed in the upright position. APPLICATION For installation in horizontal interstitial concealed spaces constructed of engineered open wood trusses, open bar joist, and non-combustible insulation completely filling the upper joist for solid or composite wood joist construction having roof pitch of up to 2/12. NOTE: In order to be considered “non- combustible insulation filled solid wood or composite wood joist construction”, the insulation (including insulation provided with a combustible vapor barrier), must completely fill the pockets between the joists to the bottom of the joists, and the insulation must be secured in place with metal wire netting. The metal wire netting is intended to hold the insulation in place should the insulation become wetted by the operation of the COIN® Sprinklers in the event of a fire. A. Concealed Space Limitations The total concealed space is not limited; however, the following must be observed: • Draft curtains (heat collection baffle) or full height walls must be provided to limit the maximum area in order to confine heat of localized detection area to 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or, for solid wood joists and open truss construction with the top chord members on face (not on edge) to 2000 ft2 (185 m2). • Insulated top chord spaces (on edge) confine heat localized detection area to 2000 ft2, non-insulated top chord spaces (on edge) confine heat local-ized area to 1000 ft2 (93 m2). • The draft curtain must be at least 1/3 the depth of the concealed space or 8” (200 mm), whichever is greater, for open truss construction, open bar joist, and non-combustible insulation filled solid or composite wood joist construction. • The draft curtain must be constructed of material that will not allow heat to escape through or above it; this may be ¼” (6 mm) thick plywood. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m) for solid wood joists or trusses on edge; see Figure 13B. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m) for truss construction on face (not on edge); see Figure 13A. • Draft curtains are NOT required when using wood truss construction with chords on face and non-combustible insulation is provided to the bottom of the trusses (Figure 12). B. Concealed Space Height Open Wood Truss and Open Steel Joist Construction (Figure 3): • Maximum height of the space: 60” (1.5 m). • Minimum height: 6” (150 mm) • Maximum roof pitch: 2/12 (9°) Where applied to pitch roof and flat ceiling, maintain specified clearances from sprinkler deflector to truss and maximum height of pipe run to ceiling or non-combustible ceiling insulation in all locations. NOTE: The sprinkler deflector shall be installed parallel with the roof plane. Solid wood or composite wood joist with non-combustible filled insulation only (Figure 5): • Maximum depth of concealed space is 60” (1500 mm) from bottom of upper deck joist to top of ceiling joist. • Minimum depth is 6” (152 mm) from bottom of upper deck joist to top of ceiling joist or non-combustible ceiling insulation. C. System Type • Light Hazard, Wet Pipe System D. Minimum Density • 0.10 gpm/ft2 (4.1 mm/min). E. Spacing of COIN® Sprinklers • Minimum Spacing: 6’-0”(1.8 m) • Maximum Spacing: 16’-0” (4.9 m) NOTE: Minimum spacing does not include additional sprinklers required for obstructions for use of CPVC pipe that includes offsets. F. Maximum Area of Coverage • 256 ft2 (24 m2) G. Minimum Operating Pressure • 7.0 PSI (0.5 bar) H. COIN® Sprinkler Deflector Position The COIN® Sprinkler shall be installed in the upright position. The frame arms must be installed parallel with the pipe. • 1-1/2” to 4” (40 - 100 mm) below upper deck for Open Wood Truss and Open Steel Open Joist Construction Using CPVC Pipe (see Figure 3). • 1-1/2” to 4” (40 - 100 mm) below non-combustible insulation-filled upper deck for Open Wood Truss and Open Steel Open Joist Construction with Using CPVC Pipe (see Figure 4). • 1-1/2” to 4” (40 - 100 mm) below non-combustible insulation-filled solid wood joists or composite wood joists (see Figure 5). (continues on page 5.) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 5 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - CPVC PIPE (See Figures 3-6) (Also refer to the Approval Chart) (continued from page 4.) I. Remote Area For wet pipe systems, 1. The remote area for open wood truss construction or open bar joist construction with the top chord members on face (not on edge) is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m). The remote area for this application is the same as above. 2. The remote area for solid wood joists is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m). The remote area for this application is the same as above. 3. The remote area for open wood truss construction with the top chord members on edge is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m) The remote area for this application is the same as above. 4. The remote area for composite wood joists is 1000 ft2 (93 m2). NOTE: This area does not include additional sprinklers for protection of CPVC pipe over obstructions. J. UL Listed CPVC Pipe for use with COINTM Sprinklers The Viking COIN® Sprinkler is UL Listed for use with CPVC pipe products listed for use in concealed spaces with sprinklers**. **Currently listed products are manufactured under the BlazeMaster®, FireLock®, and FlameGuard® trade names. In order to use CPVC products, the bottom of the horizontal run must be no greater than 6” (150 mm) or 1/3 of the total space, whichever is smaller, above the ceiling or non-combustible insulation or 1/3 the depth of the space measured from the top surface of the ceiling to the bottom of the deck above. The CPVC pipe can supply the COIN® Sprinklers and the ceiling sprinklers below. Use all guidelines and installation instructions as specified by the CPVC pipe manufacturers unless specified differently in this data sheet. When using 1” (DN25) pipe or larger, a hanger must be located at the truss nearest the sprig for restraint. If using ¾” (DN20), all sprigs over 12” (300 mm) must include lateral bracing. For use of listed CPVC pipe products in concealed spaces using the COIN® Sprinkler, a minimum lateral distance of 18” (450 mm) must be maintained between the CPVC pipe and the heat sources (e.g. HVAC heat pump units, fan motors, and heat lamps, etc.) Where CPVC pipe must be installed above the maximum distance of 6” (150 mm) or 1/3 of the total space, whichever is smaller, above the ceiling or non-combustible insulation when piping around obstructions, additional COIN® Sprinklers must be installed as shown in Figures 3, 4, and 5 in order to protect the CPVC product. NOTE: Where CPVC piping is installed as a vertical reise to the next floor above, refer to Figure 6 for acceptable options. TABLE 2: PRESSURE VS. COVERAGE MATRIX All values based on 0.1 gpm/ft2 density per sprinkler or 7 psi (0.5 bar) whichever is higher. Ft. (m)PSI (bar) 16 (4.8)7 (0.4)7.2 (0.4)8.2 (0.5)10.3 (0.7)12.8 (0.8)14.1 (0.9)16.9 (1.1)18.4 (1.2)21.6 (1.4) 15 (4.5)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7.2 (0.4)9.2 (0.6)10.3 (0.7)12.8 (0.8)14.1 (0.9)16.9 (1.1)18.4 (1.2) 14 (4.2)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)8.2 (0.5)9.2 (0.6)11.5 (0.7)12.8 (0.8)14.1 (0.9)16.9 (1.1) 13 (3.9)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)8.2 (0.5)9.2 (0.6)11.5 (0.7)12.8 (0.8)14.1 (0.9) 12 (3.6)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)8.2 (0.5)9.2 (0.6)10.3 (0.7)12.8 (0.8) 11 (3.3)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)8.2 (0.5)9.2 (0.6)10.3 (0.7) 10 (3.0)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7.2 (0.4)8.2 (0.5) 9 (2.7)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7.2 (0.4) 8 (2.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4)7 (0.4) Ft. (m)8 (2.4)9 (2.7)10 (3.0)11 (3.3)12 (3.6)13 (3.9)14 (4.2)15 (4.5)16 (4.8) NOTES: • This table applies to heat collection areas of 2000 ft2 (185 m2) and greater (unlimited). • Design areas between table spacing values need to be rounded up. • This table does not apply to heat collection areas of 1000 ft2 (93 m2). COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 6 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 4: Open Wood Truss and Open Web Steel Joist Construction with Non-Combustible Insulation Filling to Bottom of the Top Cord Using CPVC Pipe (Cross Section View) Figure 3: Open Wood Truss and Open Web Steel Joist Construction Using CPVC Pipe (Cross Section View) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 7 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 5: Solid Wood or Composite Wood Joist Construction with Non-Combustible Insulation Filling Upper Deck Using CPVC Pipe (Cross Section View) Figure 6: CPVC Piping Installed as a Vertical Riser COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 8 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - STEEL PIPE (See Figures 7 – 12) (Also refer to the Approval Chart on page 3) The Viking COIN® Sprinkler MUST be installed in the upright position. APPLICATION For installation in horizontal concealed spaces of solid wood joist construction with a roof pitch of up to 2/12 maximum. The upper joist is constructed of solid wood or composite wood with a maximum depth of 12” (300 mm) and 16” (400 mm) on center minimum spacing. Also, steel pipe may be ap-plied in truss construction and solid filled non-combustible insulation in upper deck and wood or composite joist construction similar to that shown in Figures 3-5 with the exception of extra sprinklers are not required over obstructions. Also, there is no minimum clearance for supply pipe to upper joists.With the COIN® Sprinkler applied using steel pipe, the system may be wet, dry, or preaction type for wood truss or steel construction; solid wood or composite with non-combustible solid fill insulation (see Paragraph J on page 9). NOTE: In order to be considered “non-combustible insulation filled solid wood or composite wood joist construction”, the insulation (including insulation provided with a combustible vapor barrier), must completely fill the pockets between the joists to the bottom of the joists, and the insulation must be secured in place with metal wire netting. The metal wire netting is intended to hold the insulation in place should the insulation become wetted by the operation of the COIN® Sprinklers in the event of a fire. A. Concealed Space Limitations The total concealed space is not limited; however, the following must be observed: • Blocking between joists and upper deck must be constructed of material that will not allow heat to escape through or above the blocking. • The blocking must be constructed to the full depth of the upper joist, and must be constructed using a non-combustible material or a material that is the same as that of the joist construction. A maximum channel space for blocking is 32 ft (10 m) intervals.• Solid wall construction or draft curtains (heat collection baffles) must protrude below the joist a minimum of 6” (150 mm) or 1/3 the space, whichever is greatest, and run laterally with the joist spaced at 31 ft (9.4 m) width maximum to limit the heat detection space to a maximum of 1,000 ft2 (93 m2) or with the truss spaced at 62 ft (19 m) width maximum to limit the heat detection space for open wood truss construction to 2000 ft2 (185 m2) with their top chord members on face (not on edge) and 2000 ft2 (185 m2) for solid wood joists. • Insulated top chord spaces (on edge) confine heat localized detection area to 2000 ft2 (185 m2), non-insulated top chord spaces on edge confine heat localized area to 1,000 ft2 (93 m2). • The draft curtain may be constructed of ¼” (6 mm) thick plywood to prevent heat from escaping beyond.• When non-combustible solid filled insulation is used, the wood blocking and draft curtains are not required for solid wood or composite wood joist construction.• Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m) for solid wood joists or trusses on edge for wet systems only; see Figure 13B. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m) for truss construction on face (not on edge) for wet or dry systems; see Figure 13A. • Draft curtains are NOT required when using wood truss construction with chords on face and non-combustible insulation is provided to the bottom of the trusses (Figure 12). B. Concealed Space Height Solid Wood or Composite Wood Joist Construction (See Figures 7 and 8): • Maximum depth or height of concealed space: 60” (1500 mm) from bottom of upper deck joist to top of ceiling joist. • Maximum space from bottom of upper deck to ceiling surface (bottom of joist): 84” (2100 mm). See Figure 7. • Minimum depth or height of concealed space: 6” (150 mm) from bottom of upper deck joist to top of ceiling frame joist. Open Wood Truss or Open Web Steel Joist (See Figure 10): • Maximum height from inside ceiling to inside deck of concealed space: 60” (1500 mm). • Minimum height from bottom of upper chords to top of lower chords: 6” (150 mm) • The top and bottom chord members of these types of wood joists must be on face (not on edge). Obstructed Wood Truss (See Figure 11): • Maximum depth of concealed space: 84” (2100 mm) from bottom of upper deck to top of ceiling. • Minimum depth of concealed space: 6” (150 mm) from bottom of upper chord to top of lower chord. C. System Type • Light hazard, wet pipe system or dry pipe system supervised with air or gas when using steel pipe only. D. Minimum Density • 0.10 gpm/ft2. (4.1 mm/min). E. Spacing of COIN® Sprinklers • Minimum Space Between Sprinklers: 6’-0” (1.8 m) • Maximum Space Between Sprinklers: 16’-0” (4.9 m) F. Maximum Area of Coverage • 256ft2 (24 m2)G. Minimum Operating Pressure • 7.0 PSI (0.5 bar) H. COIN® Sprinkler Deflector Position The COIN® Sprinkler shall be installed in the upright position. The frame arms must be installed parallel with the pipe. • 1-1/2” to 2” (40 - 50 mm) below solid wood joist or top chord of obstructed wood truss construction. See Figures 7 and 11. • 1-1/2” to 4” (40 - 100 mm) below upper deck for unobstructed open wood truss construction or concealed spaces of non-combustible open steel joist construction. See Figures 8 and 9. • 1-1/2” to 4” (40 - 100 mm) below non-combustible insulation-filled solid wood joists or composite wood joists. See Figure 8. (continues on page 9.) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 9 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - STEEL PIPE (See Figures 7–12) (Also refer to the Approval Chart on page 3) (continued from page 8) I. Remote Area For wet pipe systems, 1. The remote area for open wood truss construction or open bar joist construction with the top chord members on face (not on edge) is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m). The remote area for this application is the same as above. 2. The remote area for solid wood joists is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m). The remote area for this application is the same as above. 3. The remote area for open wood truss construction with the top chord members on edge is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 14' X 14' (4,3 m X 4,3 m) The remote area for this application is the same as above. 4. The remote area for composite wood joists is 1000 ft2 (93 m2). For dry pipe systems, 1. The remote area for open wood truss construction or open bar joist construction with the top chord members on face (not on edge) is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) or 6 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. • Draft curtains are NOT required when sprinkler spacing is up to 16' X 16' (4,9 m X 4,9 m). The remote area for this application is the same as above. 2. The remote area for solid wood joists is 2000 ft2 (185 m2) or 15 sprinklers, whichever is greater. See Table 2. 3. The remote area for open wood truss construction with the top chord members on edge is 1000 ft2 (93 m2). 4. The remote area for composite wood joists is 1000 ft2 (93 m2). J. Piping System Steel pipe installed in accordance with NFPA 13 standards may be applied. The steel pipe may be hung from the upper joist or truss using proper supports. The sprinkler deflector must be positioned as indicated in paragraph H above. Extra sprinklers are not required for protection of pipe when offsetting for obstructions. Ceiling sprinklers below the concealed space may be fed from the same piping as the COIN® Sprinklers. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Bulletin Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Figure 7: Solid Wood Joist Construction (Steel Pipe, Cross Sectional View) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 10 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 8: Solid Wood or Composite Wood Joist Construction with Non-Combustible Insulation Filled Upper Deck (Steel Pipe, Cross Sectional View) Figure 9: Unobstructed Open Wood Truss and Open Steel Bar Joist (Steel Pipe, Cross Sectional View) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 11 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 11: Obstructed Wood Truss Construction (Steel Pipe, Cross Sectional View) Figure 10: Open Wood Truss and Open Web Steel Joist Construction with Non-Combustible Insulation Filling to Bottom of the Top Cord Using Steel Pipe (Cross Section View) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 12 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 12: Wood Truss Construction with Chords on Face and Non-combustible Insulation Provided to the Bottom of the Trusses (CPVC and Steel Pipe, Cross Section View) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 13 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 13A: Trusses on Face Figure 13B: Trusses on Edge 1-1/2" (38 mm) 1-1/2" (38 mm) On Edge On Face Example of Typical 2x4 Construction Refer to Design Critera Example of Typical 2x4 Construction Refer to Design Critera 3-1/2" (89 mm) 3-1/2" (89 mm) COIN® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK950 (SPECIFIC APPLICATION) TECHNICAL DATA 14 of 14 Form No. F_081216 21.03.06 Rev 20.3 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA - CPVC and STEEL PIPE APPLIES TO BOTH CPVC AND STEEL PIPE (Also refer to the Approval Chart) X ELEVATION VIEW Lower Deck Upper Deck PLAN VIEW XZ Y Y Z Upper Deck or bottom of non-combustible insulation ELEVATION VIEW X Y Extended Coverage Applications X ≥ 4Y or 4Z X ≤ 36” (900 mm) (Use dimension Y or Z, whichever is greater.) Standard Coverage Applications X ≥ 3Y or 3Z X ≤ 36” (900 mm) (Use dimension Y or Z, whichever is greater.) Figure 14: NFPA 13 Obstruction Criteria NFPA 13 Obstruction Criteria - Standard Coverage ApplicationTable 10.2.7.1.2 NFPA 13 Obstruction Criteria - Extended Coverage ApplicationTable 11.2.5.1.2 Distance from Sprinkler to Side of Obstruction (X) Maximum Allowable Distance of Deflector Above Bottom of Obstruction (Y) < 1’-0”<300 mm 0”0 mm 1’-0” to <1’-6”300 mm to <450 mm 0”0 mm 1’-6” to <2’-0”450 mm to <600 mm 1”25 mm 2’-0” to <2’-6”600 mm to <750 mm 1”25 mm 2’-6” to <3’-0”750 mm to <900 mm 1”75 mm 3’-0” to <3’-6”900 mm to <1.1 m 3”75 mm 3’-6” to <4’-0”1.1 m to <1.2 m 3”75 mm 4’-0” to <4’-6”1.2 m to <1.4 m 5”125 mm 4’-6” to <5’-0”1.4 m to <1.5 m 7”175 mm Distance from Sprinkler to Side of Obstruction (X) Maximum Allowable Distance of Deflector Above Bottom of Obstruction (Y) < 1’-0”<300 mm 0”0 mm 1’-0” to <1’-6”300 mm to <450 mm 21/2”65 mm 1’-6” to <2’-0”450 mm to <600 mm 31/2”90 mm 2’-0” to <2’-6”600 mm to <750 mm 51/2”140 mm 2’-6” to <3’-0”750 mm to <900 mm 71/2”190 mm 3’-0” to <3’-6”900 mm to <1.1 m 91/2”240 mm 3’-6” to <4’-0”1.1 m to <1.2 m 12”300 mm 4’-0” to <4’-6”1.2 m to <1.4 m 14”350 mm 4’-6” to <5’-0”1.4 m to <1.5 m 161/2”45 mm OBSTRUCTIONS• All obstruction criteria for extended coverage sprinklers per NFPA 13 shall apply unless specified differently in this data sheet.• For installations where the VK950 is installed up to a 15’-0” X 15’-0” spacing or less between sprinkler, the obstruction rules for standard coverage sprinklers shall apply. • For installations where the VK950 exceeds 15’-0” X 15’-0” spacing, and up to 16’-0” X 16’-0” spacing, the obstruction rules for extended coverage sprinklers shall apply• See illustrations below. Replaces Form No. F_081216 20.2 (Added new Figure 6 and 12.) QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERSTECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 1 of 6 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers are thermosensitive spray sprinklers suitable for use in areas subject to freezing. The sprinklers are designed for dry sys- tems and preaction systems where it is necessary to prevent water or condensation from entering the drop nipple before sprinkler operation. They may also be installed in spaces subject to freezing and supplied from a wet system in an adjacent heated area. Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers are available in various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2013 and 2015 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E Volume 15 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 105d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 105e for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1” NPT or 25 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) for all listed and approved lengths. * Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Covered by the following U.S. Patents: 8,636,075 and 10,220,231 Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Brass UNS-C26000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Compression Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap: Brass UNS-C31400 or UNS-C31600 Pip Cap Adapter: Brass UNS-C36000 Orifice: Copper UNS-C22000 or UNS-C11000 Tube: ERW Hydraulic Steel Tube Support (Internal): Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Barrel: Steel Pipe UNS-G10260, Electrodeposited Epoxy Base finish Barrel End and Threads: QM Brass Sleeve (for Adjustable Standard style only): Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Escutcheon Materials: Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheons: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Recessed Dry Escutcheons: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080 ENT Coated Adjustable and Recessed Escutcheons: Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Replaces Form F_031793 Rev. 19.1 (Added ENT; updated FM language.) QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERSTECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 2 of 6 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Order Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish, the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating, and then the suffix for the length (“A” dimension) to sprinkler base part number. Order in a specific length noted as the “A” dimension. The “A” dimension is the distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the desired finished surface of the ceiling. These sprinklers are listed and approved in lengths from 1-1/2” to 45-1/2” (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) for the adjustable standard style, 3” to 47” (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) for the plain barrel style, and 3-1/4” to 47-1/2” (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) for the adjustable recessed style. Lengths exceeding the standard lengths are available, with no approvals, on a “made-to-order” basis: Recessed Dry Pendent up to 65-1/2” (1,664 mm). Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent up to 63-1/2” (1,613 mm). Plain Barrel Dry Pendent up to 65” (1,651 mm). Contact the manufacturer for more information. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix: 155 °F (68 °C) = B, 175 °F (79 °C) = D, 200 °F (93 °C) = E, 286 °F (141 °C) = G For example, sprinkler VK176 with a Chrome finish and a 155 °F (68 °C) temperature rating, and “A” length of 10” = Part No. 08383UFB10. Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the “Sprinkler Accessories” section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 07297W/B (available since 1991) B. Wrench for recessed sprinklers: Part No. 07565W/B** (available since 1991) **A ½” ratchet is required (not available from Viking). Sprinkler Guard: Chrome, with no listings or approvals, for installation on dry pendent sprinklers made after May 1994 only (Part No. 08954). Replacement Escutcheons: A. Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheon: Base Part No. 07741 B. Recessed Dry Escutcheon Cup: Base Part No. 05459A 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the internal parts to open the waterway. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS & MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprink- ler is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 07297W/B Figure 2: Wrench 07565W/B for Adjustable Recessed Dry Pendent Sprinklers QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERSTECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 3 of 6 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Rating1 Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Bulb Color Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)100 °F (38 °C)Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Green High 286 °F (141 °C)225 °F (107 °C)Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coating3,4: White Polyester and ENT in all temperature ratings Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant Polyester and ENT coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Note: These coatings are NOT cor- rosion proof. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environ- ment. Polyester and ENT coatings are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and ENT coatings. 4 When installed in some corrosive environments, the Polyester finish may change color. This natural discoloration over time is not in itself an indication of corrosion and should not be treated as such. All sprinklers installed in corrosive environments should be replaced or tested as described in NFPA 25 on a more frequent basis. Figure 3: Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent Sprinkler QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERSTECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 4 of 6 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Sprinkler Base Part No.1 SIN Style Thread Size Nominal K-Factor2 Order Length Increment Listings and Approvals4 (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S.metric3 Inches mm cULus5 NYC6 VdS LPCB 08383U VK176 Adjustable Standard 1”--5.6 80.6 1/2”12.7 A1, A5 A1 -------- 16457U --25 mm --80.6 1/2”12.7 A1, A5 ---------- 08385U VK180 Adjustable Recessed 1”--5.6 80.6 1/4”6.35 B2, B6 B2 -------- 16453U --25 mm --80.6 1/4”6.35 B2, B6 ---------- 08387U VK172 Plain Barrel 1”--5.6 80.6 1/2”12.7 A3 A4 -------- 16455U --25 mm --80.6 1/2”12.7 A3 ---------- Approved Temperature Ratings A - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141 °C) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), and 200 °F (93 °C) Approved Finishes and “A” Dimensions 1 - Chrome or White Polyester7 sprinkler with a Chrome or White Polyester Sleeve and Escutcheon with “A” dimensions 1-1/2” to 45-1/2” (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) 2 - Chrome or White Polyester7 with “A” dimensions 3-1/4” to 47-1/2” (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) 3 - Chrome, Brass, White Polyester7, or ENT 7 with “A” dimensions 3” to 47” (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) 4 - Chrome or Brass with “A” dimensions 3” to 47” (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) 5 - ENT7 sprinkler with an ENT7 Sleeve and Escutcheon with “A” dimensions 1-1/2” to 45-1/2” (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) 6 - ENT7 with “A” dimensions 3-1/4” to 47-1/2” (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) Footnotes 1 Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths (“A” Dimensions indicated above). 3 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 4 This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 5 Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. 6 Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 15. 7 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) NOTE: When using CPVC fittings with Viking dry sprinklers, use only new Nibco Model 5012-S-Bl tees. When selecting other CPVC fittings, contact Viking Technical Services. cULus Listing Requirements: Standard Dry Pendent Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERSTECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 5 of 6 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.comApproval Chart 2 (FM) Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Sprinkler Base Part No.1 SIN Style Thread Size Nominal K-Factor2 Order Length Increment FM Approvals4 (Refer also to Design Criteria below.)NPT BSP U.S.metric3 Inches mm 08383U VK176 Adjustable Standard 1”--5.6 80.6 1/2”12.7 A1 16457U --25 mm --80.6 1/2”12.7 A1 08385U VK180 Adjustable Recessed 1”--5.6 80.6 1/4”6.35 B2 16453U --25 mm --80.6 1/4”6.35 B2 08387U VK172 Plain Barrel 1”--5.6 80.6 1/2”12.7 A3 16455U --25 mm --80.6 1/2”12.7 A3 Approved Temperature Ratings A - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141 °C) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), and 200 °F (93 °C) Approved Finishes and “A” Dimensions 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, or ENT5 sprinkler with a Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, or ENT5 Sleeve and Escutcheon with “A” dimensions 1-1/2” to 45-1/2” (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, or ENT5 with “A” dimensions 3-1/4” to 47-1/2” (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) 3 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, or ENT5 with “A” dimensions 3” to 47” (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) Footnotes 1 Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths (“A” Dimensions indicated above). 3 Metric K-Factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 4 This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any ad-ditional approvals. 5 FM approved as corrosion resistant. Figure 4: Adjustable Recessed Dry Pendent Sprinkler Figure 5: Plain Barrel Dry Pendent Sprinkler DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) NOTE: When using CPVC fittings with Viking dry sprinklers, use only new Nibco Model 5012-S-Bl tees. When selecting other CPVC fittings, contact Viking Technical Services. FM Approval Requirements: The Dry Pendent Sprinklers in the Approval Chart above are FM Approved as quick response Non-storage standard spray sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (includ-ing 2-0) and Technical Advisory Bulletins. FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets and Technical Advisory Bulletins contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERSTECHNICAL DATA Form No. F_031793 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 6 of 6 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Figure 6: Dry Pendent Sprinkler Required Minimum Barrel Length Based on Ambient Temperature in the Protected Area (Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent Sprinkler is Shown) Figure 7: Dry Sprinkler Seal (Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent Sprinkler is Shown) Replaces Form F_031793 Rev. 19.1 (Added ENT; updated FM language.) MICROFAST® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Page 1 of 4 Form No. F_052114 19.10.14 Rev 19.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 1. DESCRIPTION The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is a small, thermosensitive, glass-bulb spray sprinkler available in several differ- ent finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The spe- cial Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coat- ings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2002 and 2020 Refer to Approval Charts and Design Criteria for listing and approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATASpecifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Testing: U.S.A. Patent No. 4,831,870 Thread size: 1/2” NPT, 15 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric**) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: 2-3/16” (56 mm) *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Brass UNS-C23000 or Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT platedOrdering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Viking Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix (°F/°C): 135°/57° = A, 155°/68° = B, 175°/79° = D, 200°/93° = E, and 286°/141° = G For example, sprinkler VK300 with a 1/2” NPT thread, Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12978AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Viking website.) Sprinkler Wrench: Standard Wrench: Part No. 21475M/B (available since 2017) Sprinkler Cabinets:A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971)B. Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATIONRefer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Replaces Form No. F_052114 Rev 17.1.P65 (Added ENT; updated FM language.) MICROFAST® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Page 2 of 4 Form No. F_052114 19.10.14 Rev 19.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCERefer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEEFor details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Rating1 Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature2 Bulb Color Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C)100 °F (38 °C)Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C)100 °F (38 °C)Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C)150 °F (65 °C)Green High 286 °F (141 °C)225 °F (107 °C)Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 °F (57 °C) Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat-ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, ENT, and PTFE coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 21475M/B Protective Sprinkler Cap Wrench Flat MICROFAST® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Page 3 of 4 Form No. F_052114 19.10.14 Rev 19.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part Number1 SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 NPT BSP U.S.metric2 Inches mm cULus VdS LPCB NYC8 12978 VK300 1/2”15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A1, B2 ----See footnote 7.-- NOTICE - Product Below - Limited Availability (Contact Local Viking Office) 06661B VK300 1/2”15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A1, B2 ----See footnote 7.-- Approved Temperature Ratings A - 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) Approved Finishes 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5,6, and Black Polyester5,6 2 - ENT6 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking’s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for us in the U.S. and Canada 5 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 6 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 7 Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008 8 Accepted for use, City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals, Calendar Number 219-76-SA and City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA 89-92-E, Vol. 16. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray upright sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. MICROFAST® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) TECHNICAL DATA Page 4 of 4 Form No. F_052114 19.10.14 Rev 19.1 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: The Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is FM Approved as a quick response Non-Storage upright sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Approval Chart 2 (FM) Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part Number1 SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 (Refer also to Design Criteria below.)NPT BSP U.S.metric2 Inches mm 12978 VK300 1/2”15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A1, B2 NOTICE - Product Below - Limited Availability (Contact Local Viking Office) 06661B VK300 1/2”15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A1, B2 Approved Temperature Ratings A - 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) Approved Finishes 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5, and Black Polyester5 2 - ENT6 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking’s current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 5 Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. 6 FM approved as corrosion resistant. Replaces Form No. F_052114 Rev 17.1.P65 (Added ENT; updated FM language.) VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6)TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 1 of 5 Form No. F_110720 21.04.02 Rev 21.1 1. DESCRIPTIONThe Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is a small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and temperature ratingsto meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE(ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired.In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosiveenvironments and are Listed and Approved as indicated in the Approval Chart. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS UL Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2017, 2015, 2043 Also approved for use in FM Approved vacuum dry sprinkler systems with a maximum supervisory vacuum pressure of -3 PSI (-207 mbar) CE: Standard EN12259-1, DOP_XT1A_1-3-21 Refer to the Approval Chart and Design Criteria for requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications:Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 PSI (0.5 bar)Rated to: UL - 250 PSI (24 bar) WWP FM - 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 PSI (34.5 bar)Thread size: 1/2” NPT (15 mm BSPT)Nominal K-factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*)Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards:Sprinkler Body: Brass CW602N, UNS-C84400 or QM BrassDeflector: Stainless Steel UNS S30400Pip Cap Shell - Stainless Steel UNS-S44400Pip Cap Disc - Stainless Steel UNS-S30100 Belleville Spring - Nickel AlloyPip Cap Seal - Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)Compression Screw: Brass CW612N, CW508L, UNS-C36000 or UNS-C26000Shipping Cap: PolyethyleneBulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Ordering Information: (Refer to Table 1 and the current Viking List Price Book.) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA, FM Global, and/or any other applicable installation standards. NOTICE Risk of permanent damage. Over-tightening the sprinkler can cause permanent damage. >Tighten the sprinkler to a MAXIMUM torque of 14 ft-lbs (19 N-m). 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler reaches its operating temperature, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the bulb to shatter, releasing the pip cap assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See the website for the closest distributor or contact Viking. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Replaces page F_110720 Rev 20.1 (Added CE Approval) VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6)TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 2 of 5 Form No. F_110720 21.04.02 Rev 21.1 Figure 2: Sprinkler Dimensions 7/16” (11 mm) Nominal Pipe Engagement 1-15/16” (49 mm) 1/2” NPT 15 mm BSPT TABLE 1: ORDERING INFORMATION Instructions: Using the sprinkler base part number, (1) add the suffix for the desired Finish (2) add the suffix for the desired Temperature Rating. Sprinkler Base Part Number Size 1: Finishes 2: Temperature Ratings NPT Inch BSPT mm Description Suffix 1 Nominal Rating Bulb Color Max. Ambient Ceiling Temperature3 Suffix 238707 1/2 Brass A 135 °F (57 °C)Orange 100 °F (38 °C)A 238827 15 Chrome F 155 °F (68 °C)Red 100 °F (38 °C)B White Polyester 4,6 M-/W 175 °F (79 °C)Yellow 150 °F (65 °C)D Black Polyester 4,6 M-/B 200 °F (93 °C)Green 150 °F (65 °C)E ENT 4,5,6 JN 286 °F (141 °C)Blue 225 °F (107 °C)G OPEN ----Z Example: 23870MB/W = VK3021 with white polyester finish and 155 °F (68 °C) nominal temperature rating. This sprinkler is to be installed into an area with a maximum ambient temperature of 100 °F (38 °C) meaning if the area will experience temperatures above the maximum ambient rating, you shall use a higher temperature-rated sprinkler. Accessories Sprinkler Wrenches (see Figure 1): A. Standard Wrench: Part number 23559MB B. Recessed Socket Wrench: Part number 23560MB2 Sprinkler Cabinet: A. Up to 6 sprinklers: Part number 01724A B. 6-12 sprinklers: Part number 01725A Footnotes 1. Where a dash (-) is shown in the Finish suffix designation, insert the desired Temperature Rating suffix. See example above. 2. Requires a 1/2” ratchet which is not available from Viking. 3. Based on NFPA 13, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 4. UL Listed as corrosion resistant. 5. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 6. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway. 7. UL Listed for 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP. Figure 1: Sprinkler Wrenches A Top View B VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6)TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 3 of 5 Form No. F_110720 21.04.02 Rev 21.1 DESIGN CRITERIA - UL cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers shall be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Form Number F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form Number F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. APPROVAL CHART Viking Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK3021 K5.6 (80.6 metric) Sprinkler Base Part Number1 Thread Size Listings and Approvals2,6 NPT BSPT cULus FM CE6 Inch mm Approval Listings Maximum WWP Approval Listings Maximum WWP Approval Listings 23870 1/2 --A1, B2X, B3Y 250 PSI (17 bar) A1, B2X, B3Y 175 PSI (12 bar) C1, D2X, D3Y 23882 -- 15 A1, B2X, B3Y 250 PSI (17 bar) A1, B2X, B3Y 175 PSI (12 bar) C1, D2X, D3Y Approved Temperature Ratings: A = 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C) and 286 °F (141 °C) B = 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F (93 °C) C= 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C) and 286 °F (141 °C) D= 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F (93 °C) Approved Finishes: 1 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester 3,4, Black Polyester 3,4, and ENT 4,5 2 = Brass, Chrome, White Polyester 3,4, and Black Polyester 3,4 3 = ENT 4,5 Approved Escutcheon Code: X = Installed with Viking Recessed Escutcheons Models NP-1, NP-2, and NP-3, or Viking Standard Surface Mounted Escutcheons Y = Installed with Viking Model NP-1 Recessed Escutcheon OR Standard Surface Mounted Escutcheons Footnotes 1 Base Part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking’s current price schedule. 2 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 3 Other colors are available upon request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 4 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 5 FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 6 CE: Standard EN12259-1, Declaration of Performance DOP_XT1A_1-3-21. VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6)TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 4 of 5 Form No. F_110720 21.04.02 Rev 21.1 1. Install the escutcheon inner ring onto the sprinkler threads. Figure 3: Recessed Installation (with Recessed Socket Wrench) **A 1/2” ratchet is required (not available from Viking). 2. Carefully slide the wrench** sideways around the protective cap then push upwards to engage with the sprinkler wrench flats. 3. Install the sprinkler and escutcheon assembly into the pipe fitting. Be sure the escutcheon outer ring contacts the surface of the finished ceiling. 1. Install the escutcheon onto the sprinkler threads. Figure 4: Installation (with Standard Wrench) 2. Carefully slide the wrench onto the sprinkler wrench flats.3. Install the sprinkler and escutcheon assembly into the pipe fitting. Be sure the escutcheon contacts the surface of the finished ceiling. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM FM Approval Requirements: The Viking VK3021 Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler is FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage Pendent sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM Installation guidelines may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Form Number F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form Number F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking Technical Data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. VK3021 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER (K5.6)TECHNICAL DATA The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page www.vikinggroupinc.com Page 5 of 5 Form No. F_110720 21.04.02 Rev 21.1 Ceiling opening size: Minimum: 2-5/16” (59 mm) Maximum: 2-1/2” (64 mm) 2-1/8” (54 mm)2-1/8” (54 mm) Model NP-2 or NP-3 Thread- Recessed Escutcheon (NP-3 Outer ring has a larger diameter) Max. 1-7/16” (37 mm)Max. 1-3/4” (44 mm) 1-7/16” (37 mm) Min. 13/16” (21 mm) Min. 15/16” (24 mm) Ceiling opening size: Minimum: 2-5/16” (59 mm) Maximum: 2-1/2” (64 mm) Standard Surface-Mounted Escutcheon Figure 5: Installation Dimensions with Viking Escutcheons Replaces page F_110720 Rev 20.1 (Added CE Approval) Model NP-1 Recessed Escutcheon victaulic.com 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes by Component • Series AH2-300 1"/DN25 ID Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 914, 1220, 1525, 1830mm. Note: length includes branch-line nipple and 5.75"/140mm straight reducer • AH2-CC-300 1"/DN25 ID Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 914, 1220, 1525, 1830mm. Note: length includes branch-line nipple and 5.75"/140mm straight reducer Connections • From Branchline • 1”/25mm NPT or BSPT female Thread • 1”/25mm Grooved IGS (refer to Submittal 10.54 for additional IGS connections) • No. 116 CPVC Adapter (1”/25mm Female CPVC Socket x 1”/25mm Grooved IGS) • No. 142 Welded Outlet • Style 922 Outlet-T • Style 920N Mechanical-T Outlet • No. 65 Grooved End of Run Fitting • Hose Inlet • 1”/25mm Grooved IGS • 1”/25mm NPT or BSPT male thread • Sprinkler Reducer • Sprinkler Connection: ½” and ¾”/15mm and 20mm NPT or BSPT female thread • Straight Lengths: 5.75”, 9”, 13”/140mm, 230mm, 330mm • 90˚ Elbows • Short (typically used with concealed sprinklers) • Long (typically used with recessed pendent sprinklers) VicFlex™ Sprinkler Fittings Series AH2-300 and AH2-CC-300 Braided Flexible Hose Assemblies 10.84 1 System No.Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Brackets • Style AB2 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style AB3 for surface mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings • Style AB4 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB5 for hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB7 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB7 Adjustable for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB10 for Armstrong® TechZone™ ceilings • Style AB12 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and allows for low profile installation down to 4"/100mm • Style ABBA bracket for suspended, exposed, and hard-lid ceilings • Style ABMM bracket for surface mount and stand off-mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings and hard-lid ceilings Maximum Working Temperature • 225°F/107°C (FM Approved - AH2-CC-300, AH2-300) • 150°F/65°C (UL Approved - AH2-CC-300) Maximum Working Pressure • 300 psi/2068 kPa Connections • To adapter nipple (inlet) via • 1"/25.4 mm Grooved IGS • 1"/25.4 mm NPT or BSPT male thread • To sprinkler head (outlet) via ½" or ¾"/15 mm or 20 mm Minimum Bend Radius • 8" for FM • 3" for UL Maximum Number of Bends per Flexible Drop • See section 5.0 Maximum K-Factor of Sprinkler to be Connected to Reducer • K8.0/11,5 (S.I.) (½"/15mm reducer) • K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) (¾"/20mm reducer) 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Series AH2-300 • Flexible Hose: 300-series stainless steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series stainless steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated • Reducers (½ or ¾"): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Series AH2-CC-300 • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Coupling Retainer Ring: Polyethelene • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (½"/15 mm or ¾"/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated • Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coupling Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific). • Red enamel (Europe). • Hot dipped galvanized. Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Vic-Plus™ Pre-lubricated Gasket • EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at -40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. Note: Reference should always be made to publication I-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. Note: Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. • Bolts/Nut: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. • Linkage: CrMo Alloy Steel zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Zn/Fe 5, Type III Finish 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Product Details - Series AH2-300 Braided Hose BA 371 2 4 865 Item Description 1 Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring 3 Gasket 4 Nut 5 Branch Line Nipple 6 Braid 7 Collar/Weld Fitting 8 Reducer Hose Length Dimensions Hose Length A B inches mm inches mm inches mm 31 790 25.3 641 31 790 36 915 31.3 794 36 915 48 1220 42.3 1073 48 1220 60 1525 54.3 1378 60 1525 72 1830 66.3 1683 72 1830 Series AH2-CC-300 Braided Hose BA 3712 4 86 5 Item Description 1 Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring 3 Gasket 4 Nut 5 Style 108 Coupling 6 Braid 7 Collar/Weld Fitting 8 Reducer Hose Length Dimensions Hose Length A B inches mm inches mm inches mm 31 790 24.5 622 29.8 757 36 915 29.5 749 34.8 884 48 1220 41.5 1054 46.8 1189 60 1525 53.5 1359 58.8 1494 72 1830 65.5 1664 70.8 1798 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Standard Reducer 12345.75"/140 mm straight reducer Optional Reducer 9.0"/229 mm straight reducer 13.0"/330 mm straight reducer 2.62"/ 66.5 mm 4.83"/ 122.7 mm 3.25"/ 82.6 mm 5.50"/ 139.7 mm 6.57"/ 166.9 mm 2.62"/ 66.5 mm 7.25"/ 184.2 mm 5.00"/ 127.0 mm Short 90° elbow reducer Long 90° elbow reducer NOTE • The Short 90° elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. • Optional reducers are FM only 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS 3 2 1 3VicFlex Brackets Style AB2 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar1 2 Patent-Pending Adjustable Center bracket 3 End Bracket (adjustable) NOTE • Both sizes UL/FM approved 3 3 2 1Style AB4 • Hard-Lid Ceilings with Hat furring channel grid system Item Description 1 24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar1 2 Patent-Pending Adjustable Center bracket 3 Adjustable End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel NOTE • FM approved Style AB3 • Surface Mount Applications NOTE • FM approved Style AB5 • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1220 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM approved 3 2 1 3 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) VicFlex Brackets Style AB10 • Suspended ceilings • Armstrong® TechZone™ Item Description 1 6"/152mm Square Bar1 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM approved 3 2 1 3 Style AB7 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM approved 3 2 1 3 Style AB7 Adjustable • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 700mm or 1400mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket (adjustable) NOTE • FM approved 3 2 1 3 Style AB12 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings Item Description 1 Style AB12 Bracket Body 2 Set Screw NOTE • FM approved 2 1 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) VicFlex Brackets Style ABBA • Floor-above mount • Cantilever mount • Temporary mount in exposed ceilings Item Description 1 Style ABBA Mounting Plate 2 Style ABBA Square Bar 3 Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 20, T25 Torx Drive Recessed 4 Style ABMM Bracket Body 5 Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 15.24, T25 Torx Drive Recessed NOTE • FM approved Style ABMM • Surface mount • Stand-off mount Item Description 1 Style ABMM Bracket Body 2 Cap Screw, Serated Flange, M6 x 1 x 15.24, T25 Torx Drive Recessed NOTE • FM approved 2 4 3 1 5 2 1 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket R See Table L V2707 ¾"/19 MM MAX. RECESS V2707 MAX. EXTENSION 1.7"/43 mm Typical ceiling grid 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm on Center /"/15.9 mm Typical ceiling tile See note Finished surface Bracket Assembly Style AB2 2⁄"/60.33 mm 2"/50.80 mm 4.3"/ 111 mm Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 3.0 76 8.0 203 – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 9.6 244 11.1 282 14.6 371 16.1 409 5.8 147 5.8 147 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket A See Chart V38 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS V38 MAX. EXTENSION 1.8"/45 mm Typical 16"/406 mm C/C /"/16 mm Typical drywall #10 Screw Finished ceiling Bracket Assembly Style AB2 2⁄"/68 mm max. hole 2⁄"/60 mm min. hole 3½"/ 89 mm R See chart 2" × 4" Stud Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer V2707 ¾" | 20 mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20 mm Sidewall V2707 ¾" | 20mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20mm Sidewall inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 3.0 80 8.0 203 "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 7.2 183 8.6 218 7.1 180 12.2 310 13.6 345 12.1 307 Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" | 20mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20mm Sidewall V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 3.3 84 3.6 91 3.3 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket R See chart A See Chart V27 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS V27 MAX. EXTENSION ⁄"/16 mm Typical drywall ⁄"/23 mm Typical 16"/406 mm C/C #10 Screw Typical Hat Channel grid Finished ceiling 2⁄"/60 mm max. hole 2"/51 mm min. hole 4.1"/ 104 mm Bracket assembly Style AB4 Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess V2707 ¾" Max Recess V3802 ½" Max Recess inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 3.0 76 8.0 203 8.0 203 – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 9.8 249 11.2 285 14.8 376 16.2 411 8.0 203 5.9 150 NOTE Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB5 Bracket A See chart Finished ceiling 2 ⁄"/60 mm max. hole /"/16 mm Typ. Drywall 2"/51 mmmin. hole3⁄"/92 mm Typical 16"/406 mm C/C 2.3"/ 57 mm V27 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4"metal stud Bracket assembly Style AB5 V27 MAX. EXTENSION R See chart Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer V2707 ¾" | 20mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20mm Sidewall V2707 ¾" | 20mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20mm Sidewall inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius 3.0 76 8.0 203 "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 7 178 8.7 221 8.1 206 12.0 305 13.7 348 12.1 307 Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 ¾" | 20mm Max Recess V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess V2709 ¾" | 20mm Sidewall V3802 ½" | 13 mm Max Recess inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm "R" Minimum Bend Radius – "A" Minimum Required Installation Space 3.5 89 4.9 124 3.6 91 3.3 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS Clearances Style AB12 and ABBA Bracket Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with Low Profile Short Elbow Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler and Straight 5.75"/140mm Reducer "A"See Table 1⁄ inch/29 mm Finished Face of /-inch/16-mm Typical Ceiling Unnished Ceiling Face "B" See Table ⁄ inch/3 mm V2707 ½"/12.7 mm MAX. RECESS V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS Unnished Ceiling Face R "A" See Table 1⁄ inch/29 mm Finished Face of /-inch/16-mmTypical Ceiling "B" See Table Nominal length 14"/355.6 mm ⁄ inch/ 3 mm Dimension Standard Short Elbow Standard Long Elbow Standard Straight Reducer ¾"/19mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/19mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/ 19mm Recessed Concealed inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm A Minimum Required Installation Space 5.9 149.9 7.5 190.5 7.7 195.6 9.3 236.2 15.0 381.0 16.6 421.6 B Distance from Top of Typical Ceiling Tile to Bottom of Gate 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 * Adjustability will be limited Style ABMM Bracket Stand-off Dimensions 3.93"/ 100 mm 3.94"/ 100 mm 2.94"/ 75 mm 2.22"/ 56 mm 0.28"/ 7 mm 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 victaulic.com 4.8 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB3 and ABMM Bracket Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler R C B 3¾"/ 95.3 mm A 2⁄"/60 mm max. hole 2"/51 mm min. hole Hose Clearances Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm Wall Thickness "A" 2 50 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 Outlet Length "B" 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 9 228.6 13 330.2 13 330.2 13 330.2 Hose Clearance "C" 12.6 319 15.8 402 19.8 503 10.6 268 13.8 351 17.8 452 11.8 300 15.8 402 13.8 351 11.8 300 Bend Radius "R" 8 200 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 victaulic.com 4.9 DIMENSIONS Branchline clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose with female threaded outlet Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with grooved outlet Female Threaded Weld Outlet R See chart A See chart 2"/50 mm R See chart A See chart No. 142 Grooved Weld Outlet 2"/50 mm Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimensions inches mm Dimensions inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 3.0 76 8.0 203 R Minimum Bend Radius 3.0 76 8.0 203 A Min.9.4 239 14.41 366 A Min.8.1 206 13.1 333 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2-300 and AH2-CC-300 Braided Hoses Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB12, ABBA, ABMM VicFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Sprinkler K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 8"/203mm Bend Radius inches mm Imperial S.I. inches type feet meters 31 790 5.6 8.1 ½ Straight 13.8 4.2 2½ 90˚ Elbow 23.5 7.1 36 915 5.6 8.1 ½ Straight 16.6 5.1 2½ 90˚ Elbow 25.6 7.8 48 1220 5.6 8.1 ½ Straight 23.4 7.1 3½ 90˚ Elbow 30.7 9.3 60 1525 5.6 8.1 ½ Straight 30.2 9.2 4½ 90˚ Elbow 35.9 10.9 72 1830 5.6 8.1 ½ Straight 37.0 11.3 4½ 90˚ Elbow 41.1 12.5 31 790 8.0 11.5 ¾ Straight 20.7 6.3 2¾ 90˚ Elbow 20.5 6.2 36 915 8.0 11.5 ¾ Straight 25.0 7.6 2¾ 90˚ Elbow 24.6 7.5 48 1220 8.0 11.5 ¾ Straight 35.5 10.8 3¾ 90˚ Elbow 34.7 10.6 60 1525 8.0 11.5 ¾ Straight 39.6 12.1 4¾ 90˚ Elbow 40.1 12.2 72 1830 8.0 11.5 ¾ Straight 43.5 13.2 4¾ 90˚ Elbow 45.2 13.7 31 790 11.2 16.1 ¾ Straight 17.8 5.4 2¾ 90˚ Elbow 18 5.5 36 915 11.2 16.1 ¾ Straight 22.2 6.7 2¾ 90˚ Elbow 22.1 6.7 FM NOTES: • Series AH2-300 Braided Flexible Hoses have been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per FM 1637. Refer to these standards for additional information regarding friction loss test methods. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch Series AH2-300 hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 16 victaulic.com 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2-300 and AH2-CC-300 Braided Hoses Style AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10, AB12, ABBA, ABMM VicFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Sprinkler K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 8"/203mm Bend Radius inches mm Imperial S.I. inches type feet meters 48 1220 11.2 16.1 ¾ Straight 32.9 10.0 3¾ 90˚ Elbow 32.1 9.8 60 1525 11.2 16.1 ¾ Straight 36.8 11.2 4¾ 90˚ Elbow 37.1 11.3 72 1830 11.2 16.1 ¾ Straight 40.5 12.3 4¾ 90˚ Elbow 41.9 12.7 31 790 14.0 20.2 ¾ Straight 14.9 4.5 2¾ 90˚ Elbow 15.5 4.72 36 915 14.0 20.2 ¾ Straight 19.4 5.9 2¾ 90˚ Elbow 19.6 5.9 48 1220 14.0 20.2 ¾ Straight 30.3 9.2 3¾ 90˚ Elbow 29.5 8.9 60 1525 14.0 20.2 ¾ Straight 33.9 10.3 4¾ 90˚ Elbow 34.1 10.4 72 1830 14.0 20.2 ¾ Straight 37.5 11.4 4¾ 90˚ Elbow 38.6 11.7 FM NOTES: • Series AH2-300 Braided Flexible Hoses have been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per FM 1637. Refer to these standards for additional information regarding friction loss test methods. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch Series AH2-300 hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 17 victaulic.com 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2-CC-300 Braided Hoses Style AB2 VicFlex Brackets Hose Length Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1" Sch. 40 Steel Pipe (C-120) Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 3"/76mm Bend Radius inches mm inches mm feet meters 31 790 ½17 3155.2 ¾16 20 4.9 36 915 ½25 4157.6 ¾22 20 6.7 48 1220 ½30 4159.1 ¾28 20 8.5 60 1525 ½32 4159.8 ¾31 20 9.5 72 1830 ½40 51512.2 ¾36 20 11.0 18 victaulic.com 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • • • • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depres- surized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection.• • • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equiva- lent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical dam- age, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. WARNING • It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments. • The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on 300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. • It is the responsibility of the owner of a building or their authorized agent to provide the sprinkler system installer with any knowledge that the water supply might be contaminated with or conducive to the development of micro- biologically influenced corrosion (MIC), including as required by NFPA 13. Failure to identify adverse water quality issues may affect the VicFlex product and void the manufacturer’s warranty. Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. Victaulic VicFlex Series AH2-300 and AH2-CC-300 Flexible Sprinkler Fittings may be painted provided the paint is compatible with stainless steel and zinc-plated carbon steel or ductile iron. Care should be taken to ensure the sprinkler and associated escutcheon or coverplate are not painted. 19 victaulic.com 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 victaulic.com 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS – CHARACTERISTICS VicFlex Maximum Load Values Series AH2 Hose with 24" Bracket Model Size Actual Length Total Load Max. Uniform Load ft m lb N lb/linear ft N/linear m 31/790 2.6 0.8 5.2 23 2.6 38 36/915 3 0.9 5.5 25 2.8 40 48/1220 4 1.2 6.3 28 3.1 46 60/1525 5 1.5 7.0 31 3.5 51 72/1830 6 1.8 7.7 34 3.9 57 Series AH2 Hose with 48" Bracket Model Size Actual Length Total Load Max. Uniform Load ft m lb N lb/linear ft N/linear m 31/790 2.6 0.8 6.1 27 1.5 22 36/915 3 0.9 6.4 29 1.6 23 48/1220 4 1.2 7.2 32 1.8 26 60/1525 5 1.5 7.9 35 2.0 29 72/1830 6 1.8 8.7 39 2.2 32 Total Load is defined as the sum of the weights of the following: • Water-filled flexible sprinkler hose with threaded end fittings, including a typical fire sprinkler • Bracket assembly (any applicable Victaulic bracket model of the relevant associated size) ASTM C 635: Suspension System Load-Carrying Capabilities (excerpted) Suspension System Actual Length Min. Allowable Uniform Load ft/m lb/linear ft N/linear m Direct Hung Light 5.0 75.7 Intermediate 12.0 181.0 Heavy 16.0 241.7 SUMMARY: All direct-hung suspension system duty classifications per ASTM C 635 are able to withstand the maximum water-filled weight of the VicFlex sprinkler hose and bracket. 10.84 7491 Rev D Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to I-VICFLEX-AB1-AB2-AB10, I-VICFLEX-AB4-AB9, I-VICFLEX-AB7, or I-VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS – CHARACTERISTICS Flexible Hose In-Plane Bend Characteristics One Bend Two Bends Three Bends 90° Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius 2X Minimum bend radius OR Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius 2X Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius OR NOTE • For out-of-plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose. I-VicFlex-AB1-AB2-AB10 I-VicFlex-AB3 I-VicFlex-AB4 I-VicFlex-AB5 I-VicFlex-AB7 I-VicFlex-AB12 I-VicFlex-ABBA I-VicFlex-ABMM 21 victaulic.com Eddythread 40 A Lightweight Schedule 40 Replacement Pipe That Has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1.0 Bull Moose Tube Company has been making pipe for a long time and is recognized as a producer of quality pipe products. Eddythread 40 is designed with the same thoroughness as our other fine pipe products and now our customers have an option to buy a carefully designed replacement for Schedule 40 that: • Has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1.0 • Has a Pressure Rating of 300 psi • Is Lighter Weight Than Schedule 40 • Is Approved by Factory Mutual and Listed by Underwriters Laboratories • Is Produced in Accordance to ASTM A-135 and A-795 • Can be Used With Standard Schedule 40 Threaded Fittings, Couplings and Valves • Is Produced From Steel With Excellent Properties of Strength and Threadability • Can be Used in Wet, Dry, Preaction, and Deluge Type Sprinkler Systems* • Offers Lower Freight Costs EDDYTHREAD 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in) WEIGHT (lbs/ft) I.D. (in) BUNDLE SIZE 1 1.461 1.083 70 1 1/4 2.070 1.418 51 1 1/2 2.547 1.654 44 2 3.308 2.123 30 CORROSION RESISTANCE RATIOS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in) SCHEDULE 40 EDDYTHREAD 40 1 1.00 1.00 1 1/4 1.00 1.00 1 1/2 1.00 1.00 2 1.00 1.00 * Eddythread 40 can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems A company 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e-mail:sales@bullmoosetube.com For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Bull Moose Tube’s Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. Schedule 10 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 1 1/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 1 1/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 2 1/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 1 1/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 1 1/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2 1/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer’s instructions for the specific fitting used. A company 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e-mail: sales@bullmoosetube.com For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 ES-A-InBuildingRiser Series IBR In-Building Risers are used to connect the main fire supply to the building overhead fire system. The fitting passes under the foundation without joints and extends up through the floor. Provided with installation tabs, the unit has a CIPS (Cast Iron Pipe Size) coupler for easy connection to the underground supply (AWWA C900 PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe) and industry standard grooved-end connection (AWWA C606) on the building side for easy connection to the overhead fire sprinkler system. The IBR features Lead Free* construction to comply with Lead Free* installation requirements. Ames In-Building Risers are precision engineered and manu- factured to provide exceptional reliability and reduce installation time & labor costs associated with field assembly. In accordance with NFPA 24, the UL/FM approved In-Building Risers replace numerous fittings, elbows & spools and reduces the possibility of leaks or failure in comparison to traditional installation methods and materials. Factory tested integrity ensures the highest quality installation. The use of stainless steel significantly increases the reliability and life of the riser. Features • Cost savings • Corrosion resistant stainless steel construction, type 304 • Ease of installation and light weight allows one person to posi- tion and handle the riser • Minimal site preparation; joint restraint one-piece construc- tion reduces time and labor; no missing parts, no leaks; easily identifiable for approvals • Includes Test Cap and Coupler • UL/FM approved • Sizes: available in 4" – 10" with various lengths to meet local requirements • Designed to meet NFPA 24 • AWWA C900 Inlet/DIP • AWWA C606 Outlet Building perimeter wall Flow Building Floor FlowTEST CAP NOW INCLUD E D ! * The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. Series IBR In-Building Risers Customizable Sizes: 4" – 10" LEAD FREE* 6'x6' standard length (custom lengths from 3' – 20' available) Engineering Specification Job Name –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Job Location –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Approval –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Engineer ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor’s P.O. No. ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Approval ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Representative ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Fire & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently sold. SIZE WEIGHT A (OD)B C in.in.mm ft.cm ft.cm lbs.kg 4 41⁄2 114 6 183 6 183 71 32 4 41⁄2 114 8'-6"183 6 183 85 39 4 41⁄2 114 9 274 6 183 88 40 4 41⁄2 114 5 152 7 213 71 32 6 65⁄8 168 6 183 6 183 98 44 6 65⁄8 168 8'-6"259 6 183 122 56 6 65⁄8 168 9 274 6 183 127 58 6 65⁄8 168 5 152 7 213 98 44 8 85⁄8 219 6 183 6 183 129 59 8 85⁄8 219 8'-6"259 6 183 163 74 8 85⁄8 219 9 274 6 183 170 77 8 85⁄8 219 5 152 7 213 129 59 10 103⁄4 273 6 183 6 183 202 92 10 103⁄4 273 9 274 6 183 258 117 10 103⁄4 273 5 152 7 213 202 92 Standards NFPA — Designed to allow the contractor to conform to NFPA 24 Where a riser is close to building foundations, underground fittings of proper design and type shall be used to avoid pipe joints being located under the foundations. End Connections Horizontal End: Mates with Ductile Iron Pipe and AWWA C900 Pipe (PVC Pipe with Ductile Iron Pipe Equivalent OD’s) Utilizes Gasket conforming to UL 157 with “Lock in” gasket configuration Vertical End: Meets AWWA C-606 dimensions for roll grooved pipe Meets AWWA C-207 class D for flanges Ratings Meets AWWA C-900 pressure class 200, DR 14 Pipe Testing Welds are 100% leak tested at the factory A Grooved End (Flange Optional) CIPS Coupling Tie-Rod Bracket C B Approvals Fittings FM class 1920 UL HKQA (4"-10") Dimensions – Weights Specifications In-Building Riser shall be installed as indicated on the plans. Riser shall be composed of a single extended 90 degree fitting of fabricated ASTM A312 304 stainless steel tubing, maxi- mum working pressure 200psi (14 bar). The fitting shall have a grooved-end connection on the outlet (building) side and a CIPS coupler on the inlet (underground) side. The grooved end shall include a coupler and cap to facilitate testing of the un- derground piping. The In-Building Riser shall be an Ames Fire & Waterworks Series IBR. NOTICE Inquire with governing authorities for local installation requirements ** Each B (vertical) and C (horizontal) leg is customizable from 3' to 20' with UL/FM approvals. Consult with your factory representative for details.The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installation and safety information available or the experi- ence of a trained product installer. You are required to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. NOTICE ES-A-InBuildingRiser 2117 © 2021 Watts USA: Backflow Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves Tel: (713) 943-0688 • Fax: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 481-2316 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: Tel: (52) 55-4122-0138 • AmesFireWater.com SIZE MATING PIPE OD in.in.mm 4 4.8 122 6 6.9 175 8 9.1 230 10 11.1 282 A B HOSE &BRAID SHIPPING BAR 90 L.R.ELBOW 180RETURN SUPPORT BRACKET (2" AND LARGER) AIR RELEASEOR DRAIN PLUG GROOVEDEND 5/30/2014 MLUGFM8-REV2NTS METRAFLEX FIRELOOP™ GROOVED ENDS, 4" MOVEMENT CONTACT FACTORY FOR ADDITIONAL SIZES AND MOVEMENTS. ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES. NOTE: METRALOOPS 2-1/2" AND LARGER INSTALLED IN ANY ORIENTATION OTHER THAN HANGINGDOWN MUST HAVE THE 180 RETURN SUPPORTED. (SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.) MATERIALS OFCONSTRUCTION END FITTINGS - CARBON STEEL - SCH 40/STD WT HOSE & BRAID - STAINLESS STEEL - 300 SERIES 90 ELBOW - CARBON STEEL - SCH 40/STD WT 180 RETURN - CARBON STEEL - SCH 40/STD WT FOR FIRESPRINKLERSYSTEMS 5/30/2014ZB SUITABLE FOR USE IN DRY PIPE SYSTEMSFOR TEMPERATURES TO -40 F. ©2018 The Metraflex Co. 1 SUPPORT BRACKET CHANGE 2/5/2015 2 SIZES ADDED 8/21/2018 QTY SIZE MODEL MOVEMENT A B PSI WT (LBS)PROJECT INFO 1" (25mm)MLUGFM80100 4"15" 20"300 8 1.25" (32mm)MLUGFM80125 4"15.75"21"300 10 1.5" (40mm)MLUGFM80150 4"17.5"23"300 15 2" (50mm)MLUGFM80200 4"20" 25"300 18 2.5" (65mm)MLUGFM80250 4"21.5"28"300 29 3" (80mm)MLUGFM80300 4"24" 30"300 43 4" (100mm)MLUGFM80400 4"30" 35"175 60 5" (125mm)MLUGFM80500 4"36" 40"175 99 6" (150mm)MLUGFM80600 4"42" 46"175 150 8" (200mm)MLUGFM80800 4"56" 58"175 286 10" (250mm)MLUGFM81000 4"68" 64"175 450 12" (300mm)MLUGFM81200 4"80" 73"175 665 REV.DATE DRAWN BY: APPROVED:DATE: DATE: SCALE:DRAWING NUMBER: CUSTOMER:__________________________________ PROJECT:____________________________________ ENGINEER:___________________________________ 2323 W. HUBBARD ST.CHICAGO, IL 60612TEL: 312-738-3800WWW.METRAFIRE.COM DKISH IF THE HANGER RODIS SMALLER THAN THE NUT OF THE SWIVEL HANGER, SIMPLY SLIDE THE UNDERSIZED ROD THROUGH THE NUT AND FASTEN WITH THE APPROPRIATE SIZED NUTS. A CABLE TETHER IS SUPPLIED FOR SUPPORTING LARGE SEISMIC LOOPS WHOSE WEIGHT OR EXTREME FLEXIBILITY MAY REQUIRE SUPPORT. C A B LOCK NUTBY OTHERS HANGER ROD BY OTHERS CARBON STEEL SWIVEL WITH "D" UNC NUT (SEE BELOW) CARBON STEELNYLON INSERTLOCK NUT ALUMINUMBODY 304 STAINLESSSTEEL PIN METRALOOP180° RETURN METRALOOPSUPPORTBRACKET 9/25/2018 N/A SBH-4 SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER(FORMERLY BREAKAWAY COUPLING) QTY PART #A (in)B (in)C (in)D (in) SBH30 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8" SBH45 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8" SBH65 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8" SBH80 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8" SBH130 9.75 8.75 2.875 5/8" SBH200 9.75 8.75 2.875 3/4" SBH400 12.75 11.625 2.875 3/4" SBH650 12.75 11.625 2.875 3/4" SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER SIZING CHART LOOP SIZE LOOP MOVEMENT 4"8"16"24" 1/2" NOT REQUIRED SBH65 SBH65 3/4"SBH65 SBH65 1"SBH65 SBH65 1-1/4"SBH65 SBH65 1-1/2"SBH65 SBH65 2"SBH65 SBH80 2-1/2"SBH80 SBH80 SBH130 3"SBH80 SBH80 SBH130 SBH130 4"SBH130 SBH130 SBH130 SBH200 5"SBH130 SBH130 SBH200 SBH400 6"SBH200 SBH200 SBH400 SBH400 8"SBH400 SBH650 SBH650 SBH650 REV.DATE DRAWN BY: APPROVED:DATE: DATE: SCALE:DRAWING NUMBER: CUSTOMER:__________________________________ PROJECT:____________________________________ ENGINEER:___________________________________ 2323 W. HUBBARD ST.CHICAGO, IL 60612TEL: 312-738-3800FAX: 312-738-0415WWW.METRAFLEX.COM DKISH METRALOOP WITH SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER (FORMERLY BREAKAWAY COUPLING) 11/12/2015 N/A SBH-OIM 1 of 2 SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER OPERATION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 11/12/2015JC METRAFLEX SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGEROPERATION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS General: The purpose of the Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger is to support the flexible element of a seismic joint such as the Metraloop. During a seismic event, the Seismic BreakAway Hanger will break free allowing the seismic joint to freely move in its complete range of motion. After the seismic event, the Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger can be simply reassembled. Application: Each Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger is factory set for a specific load and will be matched to a specific Metraloop or other seismic joint. The Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger is installed in the hanger rod of the seismic joint. For the Metraloop product this will be located at the 180° return fitting. For Dog Leg products this will be at the 90° elbow. For large movement units, Seismic BreakAway Hangers may be required to support the flexible hose, see figure 4 and 4A. Tethers: Tethers are used to prevent the seismic joint from over flexing and are included on all Seismic BreakAway Hangers. Installation: 1.The Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger should be installed as close to the seismic joint as possible. See figure 1. 2.Insure that the correct size Hanger has been selected for installation by reviewing the submittal. 3.The swivel eye bolt should be installed in the top position attached to rod or cable that complies with the contract documents. See figure 1 and 2. 4.A male thread is provided for connection to the seismic joint. See figure 1 and 2. 5.Apply the no step stickers provided with the Hanger to the pipe / insulation cover. Caution: 1.When lifting from the flexible hose, never point load the hose during the installation process, always use a saddle. The hose consists of corrugated stainless steel hose and can be damaged. 2.The Seismic BreakAway Hanger is designed for a specific load based on the size and configuration of the seismic joint. People walking on the seismic joint or other outside loads on the devise can result in premature breaking of the coupling and should be avoided. No Step warning stickers have been provided with the Seismic BreakAway Hanger for larger pipe sizes. 3.When installing a seismic joint with multiple Seismic BreakAway Hangers, evenly lift the seismic device into place. Do not over flex the hose. Testing: Each Seismic BreakAway Hanger is factory tested prior to shipment. No field testing is necessary. Maintenance: The Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger does not require maintenance and there are no serviceable parts. If the Hanger is ever pulled apart, for any reason, simply insert the pin back into the Hanger until it is bottomed out. For Hangers designed to support larger seismic connections a “C- clamp” may be required to push the pin for reassembly. DRAWN BY: APPROVED:DATE: DATE: SCALE:DRAWING NUMBER: CUSTOMER:__________________________________ PROJECT:____________________________________ ENGINEER:___________________________________ 2323 W. HUBBARD ST.CHICAGO, IL 60612TEL: 312-738-3800FAX: 312-738-0415WWW.METRAFLEX.COM DKISH HANGER RODBY OTHERS LOCK NUTBY OTHERS CARBON STEELSWIVEL WITH5/8" UNC NUT CARBON STEELNYLON INSERTLOCK NUT ALUMINUMBODY 304 STAINLESSSTEEL PIN METRALOOP180° RETURN METRALOOPSUPPORTBRACKET A CABLE TETHER IS SUPPLIED FOR SUPPORTING LARGE DIAMETER SEISMIC LOOPS WHOSE WEIGHT OR EXTREME FLEXIBILITY MAY REQUIRE SUPPORT. CABLE TETHER IF THE HANGER RODIS SMALLER THAN THENUT OF THE SWIVELHANGER, SIMPLY SLIDETHE SMALLER DIAMETERROD THROUGH THE NUTAND FASTEN WITH THEAPPROPRIATE SIZED NUTS. METRAFLEXSEISMICBREAKAWAY HANGER CLEVIS HANGER EXISTINGSEISMIC FLEX 180°, 12" LONG, 14 GA GALVINIZED STEEL SADDLE(RECOMMENDED WITH PLASTIC LINER) THREADED ROD METRAFLEX SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGEROPERATION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED: 11/10/2015 N/A SBH-OIM 2 of 2 SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER OPERATION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 11/11/2015JC FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 UNITS CAN ALSO BE USEDWITH SADDLES TO PREVENTLONG FLEXIBLE LEGS ONLARGE LOOPS FROM SAGGING. FIGURE 4A DRAWN BY: APPROVED:DATE: DATE: SCALE:DRAWING NUMBER: CUSTOMER:__________________________________ PROJECT:____________________________________ ENGINEER:___________________________________ 2323 W. HUBBARD ST.CHICAGO, IL 60612TEL: 312-738-3800FAX: 312-738-0415WWW.METRAFLEX.COM DKISH CPVC BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings Viking Plastics LLC. 5150 Beltway Drive SE Caledonia, Michigan 49316 Form No. F_032219 20.08.24 Rev 20.1 ©2020 Viking Plastics LLC., All rights reserved. 3Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 Table Of Contents Numerical Index ........................................................................................4 Key to Viking Figure Numbers ..................................................................5 Specifications and Engineering Data ........................................................6 CPVC Standard Fire Protection Fittings ..............................................7-12 CPVC Threaded Fire Protection Fittings ...........................................13-18 InstaSeal Adapter Fittings .......................................................................18 InstaSeal Adapter Installation Instructions .........................................18-20 Cement and Accessories ........................................................................21 Do's and Don'ts .......................................................................................22 CPVC Cross Reference Sheet ..........................................................24-25 Warranty..................................................................................................26 Visit our website for the most current information. 4 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 CPVC FIG NO PAGE CPVC FIG NO PAGE V5001-G 8 V5001 9 V5001-R 9 V5003-BI 14 V5003-2-BI 14 V5003-S-BI 15 V5003-2-S-BI 15 V5003-S-BT 15 V5003-2-S-BT 15 V5003-S-BG 18 V5003-2-S-BG 18 V5004-BI 14 V5003-BI-BSP 14 V5006 10 V5007 10 V5007-R 10 V5007-3-S-BI 16 V5007-3-S-BT 16 V5011 11 V5011-R 11 V5012-S-BI 17 V5012-R-S-BI 17 V5012-S-BT 17 V5014-R-S-BI 17 V5017 9 V5018 8 V5018-S-BI 16 V5019-H 12 V5033-E 12 V5035 9 V5035-R 9 V5051-H 12 V450-005 21 V5097-Q 21 V5097-P 21 V5096 21 V5093-S 21 V5093-L 21 CH2630CAN 21 CPVC BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings Numerical Index 5Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 V50 = CPVC Fire Protection TYPE OF MATERIAL FITTING TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Key to Viking Figure Numbers FNPT = Female NPT Thread MNPT = Male NPT Thread S or SLIP = Female Socket SPG = Male End (Spigot) G = Grooved L = Large S = Small H = Heavy IPS = Iron Pipe Size CTS = Copper Tube Size Q = Quart P = Pint 01 = Coupling 03 = Female Adapter 04 = Male Adapter 06 = 45° Elbow 07 = 90° Elbow 11 = Tee 12 = Sprinkler Tee (Thread on Outlet) 14 = Sprinkler Tee (Thread on Run) 17 = Cap 18 = Bushing 19 = Blind Flange 33 = Unions 35 = Cross 51 = Solid Flange TYPE OF FITTING & DESCRIPTION 2 = Fitting Connection Spigot 3 = Female Thread Connection 4 = Male Thread Connection S = Sprinkler Adapter BI = Brass Insert BT = BRASTIC® R = Reducing TYPE OF CONNECTIONS 6 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 Specifications and Engineering Data Introduction Viking BlazeMaster® CPVC fire sprinkler products are manufactured from high quality, post-chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), a specialty thermoplastic material tested and listed by certifying agencies for use in CPVC fire sprinkler systems. Viking CPVC fire sprinkler products provide unique advantages over traditional metal fire sprinkler systems through superior hydraulics, ease of installation, handling, and quicker assembly using readily available and less expensive tools. These products are also based on technology with a continuous and proven service history of more than forty (40) years. Pressure Rating Viking BlazeMaster® fittings of nominal sizes 3/4" – 3" (20 – 80 mm) are rated for continuous service of 175 psi (1270 kPa) at 150°F (65°C). Approvals Viking BlazeMaster® fittings for fire sprinkler systems »Listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for the United States and Canada under Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings - VIWT and VIWT7.EX15419 »FM Global approved for FM Global Group insured properties - Class 1635-Plastic Pipe & Ftngs AS Sys »Meets approval and listing requirements of NFPA 13, 13D, and 13R »Red Book listed by the Loss Prevention Safety Board (LPCB) under automatic sprinkler, water spray and deluge systems - Certificate 1558a to LPS 1260-2.2 »CPVC fittings and Brastic® sprinkler adapters are NSF International listed to NSF/ANSI-61 (health effects) and NSF/ANSI-372 (Lead Free*) for use in potable water applications Nibco BlazeMaster® fittings for fire sprinkler systems »Listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for the United States and Canada under Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings - VIWT and VIWT7.EX6309 »Red Book listed by the Loss Prevention Safety Board (LPCB) under automatic sprinkler, water spray and deluge systems - Certificate 878a to LPS 1260-2.2 Use with other Manufacturers' Pipes, Fittings, & Solvent Cements Viking BlazeMaster® CPVC fire sprinkler products are listed by UL to standard 1821. They are also approved by FM to standard 1635. These standards require rigorous testing to ensure the products will function as a component of the assembled fire protection system. For fire protection CPVC pipe the current UL standard is 1821 and FM standard 1635. Viking warrants each Viking BlazeMaster® fitting installed in accordance with local code and regulations with UL listed and/or FM approved CPVC pipe and fittings in compliance with the UL & FM standards. A current list of compatible UL and ULC listed CPVC manufacturers are: Viking (pipe), Harvel (pipe), TYCO Fire Products (pipe & fittings), IPEX (pipe & fittings) and Spears (pipe & fittings). NOTICE: While Viking BlazeMaster® CPVC fire sprinkler products are UL listed for use in combination with other listed manufacturers' products, specific application approvals may not be the same among manufacturers. It is the installer's responsibility to verify suitability of products used in combination according to each manufacturer's installation instructions. Contact Viking if you have questions on any application not addressed in this manual. Engineering Data – Product Specifications Viking BlazeMaster® CPVC fire sprinkler products are made for use with listed CPVC fire sprinkler pipe produced in SDR 13.5 dimensions, as specified in ASTM F442. Viking BlazeMaster® CPVC fire sprinkler fittings are produced in schedule 40 dimensions for sizes 3/4 inch (20 mm) through 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) in accordance with ASTM F438 and schedule 80 dimensions for sizes 1-1/2 inch (40 mm) through 3 inch (80 mm) in accordance with ASTM F439. These products are cULus listed, and FM Approved for a rated working pressure of 175 psi (1200 kPa) at 150°F (65°C) for sprinkler service. Installation Instructions CPCV pipe and fittings are for professional use only and are not sold to the general public. For complete installation instructions refer to the Viking "Installation and Design Manual" on www.vikinggroupinc.com. *Weighted average lead content <0.25%. CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER FITTING 7TA2 7Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 CPVC Standard Fire Protection Fittings Grooved Adapters ....................................................................................8 Bushings ..................................................................................................8 Caps .........................................................................................................9 Couplings .................................................................................................9 Crosses ....................................................................................................9 Elbows ...................................................................................................10 Tees .................................................................................................11 Flanges........................................... .......................................................12 Unions ....................................................................................................12 Sprinkler Adapters .................................................................................14 8 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 ADAPTERS Grooved Coupling Adapters (G x S) BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – STANDARD V5001-G Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointABC IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm IN.mm V5001-G 1-1/4 33 0.17 0.08 0.83 21 1.04 26 2.98 76 GXS V5001-G 1-1/2 40 0.2 0.09 0.95 24 1.17 30 3.15 80 GXS V5001-G 2 50 0.3 0.14 1.18 30 1.43 36 3.37 86 GXS V5001-G 2-1/2 65 0.52 0.24 1.43 36 1.74 44 3.66 93 GXS V5001-G --65 0.52 0.24 1.43 36 1.74 44 3.66 93 GXS V5001-G 3 75 0.72 0.33 3.5 89 --------GXS Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointLN IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5018 1x3/4 25x19 0.04 0.02 1.28 33 0.29 7 SPGXS V5018 1-1/4x1 31x25 0.08 0.04 1.41 36 0.29 7 SPGXS V5018 1-1/4x3/4 31x19 0.10 0.05 1.41 36 0.41 10 SPGXS V5018 1-1/2x1-1/4 40x31 0.07 0.03 1.54 39 0.27 7 SPGXS V5018 1-1/2x1 40x25 0.12 0.05 1.54 39 0.39 10 SPGXS V5018 1-1/2x3/4 40x19 0.16 0.07 1.54 39 0.53 13 SPGXS V5018 2x1-1/2 50x40 0.16 0.07 1.66 42 0.27 7 SPGXS V5018 2x1-1/4 50x31 0.20 0.09 1.66 42 0.4 10 SPGXS V5018 2x1 50x25 0.22 0.10 1.66 42 0.52 13 SPGXS V5018 2x3/4 50x19 0.22 0.10 1.66 42 0.64 16 SPGXS V5018 2-1/2x2 65x50 0.24 0.11 1.94 49 0.44 11 SPGXS V5018 2-1/2x1-1/2 65x40 0.36 0.16 1.94 49 0.57 14 SPGXS V5018 2-1/2x1-1/4 65x31 0.40 0.18 1.94 49 0.68 17 SPGXS V5018 2-1/2x1 65x25 0.47 0.21 1.94 49 0.81 21 SPGXS V5018 3x2-1/2 75x65 0.47 0.21 2.42 61 0.6 15 SPGXS V5018 3x2 75x50 0.66 0.30 2.42 61 0.93 24 SPGXS V5018 3x1-1/2 75x40 0.73 0.33 2.42 61 1.03 26 SPGXS BUSHINGS Bushings V5018 9Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5017 3/4"19 0.04 0.02 0.31 8 S V5017 1"25 0.06 0.03 0.39 10 S V5017 1-1/4"31 0.22 0.1 0.56 14 S V5017 1-1/2"40 0.3 0.14 0.68 17 S V5017 2"50 0.42 0.19 0.68 17 S V5017 2-1/2"65 0.62 0.28 1.2 30 S V5017 3"75 0.96 0.44 1.26 32 S Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5001 3/4 19 0.06 0.03 0.12 3 SXS V5001 1 25 0.08 0.04 0.09 2 SXS V5001 1-1/4 31 0.12 0.05 0.08 2 SXS V5001 1-1/2 40 0.23 0.1 0.27 7 SXS V5001 2 50 0.44 0.2 0.28 7 SXS V5001 2-1/2 65 0.72 0.33 0.2 5 SXS V5001 3 75 1.1 0.5 0.22 6 SXS V5001-R 1x3/4 25x19 0.08 0.04 0.29 7 SXS V5001-R 1-1/4x1 31x25 0.12 0.05 0.35 9 SXS V5001-R 1-1/2x1-1/4 40x31 0.38 0.17 0.51 13 SXS V5001-R 1-1/2x1 40x25 0.36 0.16 0.67 17 SXS V5001-R 1-1/2x3/4 40x19 0.34 0.15 0.8 20 SXS V5001-R 2x1-1/2 50x40 0.49 0.22 0.51 13 SXS V5001-R 2x1 50x25 0.48 0.22 0.75 19 SXS BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – STANDARD Caps V5017 CAPS Couplings V5001 V5001-R COUPLINGS CROSSES Crosses V5035 V5035-R Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointAB IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5035 3/4 19 0.12 0.05 0.61 15 0.61 15 SXSXSXS V5035 1 25 0.24 0.11 0.75 19 0.75 19 SXSXSXS V5035 1-1/4 31 0.34 0.15 0.9 23 0.9 23 SXSXSXS V5035 1-1/2 40 0.87 0.39 1.23 31 1.23 31 SXSXSXS V5035 2 50 1.43 0.65 1.53 39 1.53 39 SXSXSXS V5035 2-1/2 65 2.17 0.98 1.75 44 1.75 44 SXSXSXS V5035 3 75 3.12 1.42 1.89 48 1.89 48 SXSXSXS V5035-R 1x1x3/4x3/4 25x25x19x19 0.18 0.08 0.61 15 0.73 19 SXSXSXS 10 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – STANDARD ELBOWS 45° Elbows V5006 90° Elbows V5007 V5007-R Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension J Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5006 3/4 19 0.06 0.03 0.32 8 SXS V5006 1 25 0.12 0.05 0.39 10 SXS V5006 1-1/4 31 0.18 0.08 0.48 12 SXS V5006 1-1/2 40 0.36 0.16 0.47 12 SXS V5006 2 50 0.54 0.24 0.58 15 SXS V5006 2-1/2 65 1 0.45 0.65 17 SXS V5006 3 75 1.28 0.57 0.76 19 SXS Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointAB IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5007 3/4 19 0.08 0.04 0.56 14 0.56 14 SXS V5007 1 25 0.14 0.06 0.69 18 0.69 18 SXS V5007 1-1/4 31 0.22 0.10 0.91 23 0.91 23 SXS V5007 1-1/2 40 0.41 0.18 1.06 27 1.06 27 SXS V5007 2 50 0.83 0.37 1.24 31 1.24 31 SXS V5007 2-1/2 65 1.16 0.52 1.5 38 1.5 38 SXS V5007 3 75 1.66 0.74 1.81 46 1.81 46 SXS V5007-R 1x3/4 25x19 0.12 0.05 0.61 15 0.75 19 SXS 11Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 TEES BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – STANDARD Tees V5011 Note: All Viking reducing tees are molded to size, not fabricated. V5011-R Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointABC IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm IN.mm V5011 3/4 19 0.1 0.04 0.57 14 0.57 14 0.57 14 SXSXS V5011 1 25 0.17 0.08 0.69 18 0.69 18 0.69 18 SXSXS V5011 1-1/4 33 0.28 0.12 0.89 23 0.89 23 0.89 23 SXSXS V5011 1-1/2 40 0.58 0.26 1.05 27 1.05 27 1.05 27 SXSXS V5011 2 50 0.82 0.37 1.25 32 1.25 32 1.25 32 SXSXS V5011 2-1/2 65 1.4 0.62 1.53 39 1.53 39 1.53 39 SXSXS V5011 3 75 2.14 0.96 1.84 47 1.84 47 1.84 47 SXSXS V5011-R 3/4x3/4x1 19x19x25 0.14 0.06 0.7 18 0.7 18 0.73 19 SXSXS V5011-R 1x1x3/4 25x25x19 0.16 0.07 0.61 15 0.61 15 0.94 24 SXSXS V5011-R 1x3/4x1 25x19x25 0.2 0.09 0.76 19 0.99 25 0.78 20 SXSXS V5011-R 1x3/4x3/4 25x19x19 0.16 0.07 0.6 15 0.87 22 0.77 20 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/4x1-1/4x1 33x33x25 0.24 0.11 0.73 19 0.73 19 0.89 23 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/4x1-1/4x3/4 33x33x19 0.2 0.09 0.6 15 0.6 15 0.89 23 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/4x1x1-1/4 33x25x33 0.28 0.12 0.88 22 1.03 26 0.87 22 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/4x1x1 33x25x25 0.24 0.11 0.71 18 0.9 23 0.89 23 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/4x1x3/4 33x25x19 0.2 0.09 0.61 15 0.76 19 0.89 23 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/4x1-1/4x1-1/2 33x33x45 0.44 0.2 1.01 26 1.01 26 0.88 22 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/2x1-1/2x1-1/4 45x45x33 0.46 0.21 0.89 23 0.89 23 1.04 26 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/2x1-1/2x1 40x40x25 0.54 0.24 0.77 20 0.77 20 0.96 24 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/2x1-1/2x3/4 40x40x19 0.5 0.22 0.67 17 0.67 17 1.04 26 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/2x1-1/4x1 40x33x25 0.4 0.18 0.72 18 0.91 23 1.01 26 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/2x1-1/4x3/4 40x33x19 0.36 0.16 0.6 15 0.78 20 1.02 26 SXSXS V5011-R 1-1/2x1-1/2x2 40x40x50 0.66 0.29 1.3 33 1.3 33 1.14 29 SXSXS V5011-R 2x2x1-1/2 50x50x40 0.86 0.38 1.06 27 1.06 27 1.37 35 SXSXS V5011-R 2x2x1-1/4 50x50x33 0.67 0.3 1 25 1 25 1.28 33 SXSXS V5011-R 2x2x1 50x50x25 0.72 0.32 0.8 20 0.8 20 1.25 32 SXSXS V5011-R 2x2x3/4 50x50x19 0.68 0.3 0.7 18 0.7 18 1.25 32 SXSXS V5011-R 2-1/2x2-1/2x2 65x65x50 1.32 0.59 1.26 32 1.26 32 1.53 39 SXSXS V5011-R 2-1/2x2-1/2x1-1/2 65x65x40 1.21 0.54 1.06 27 1.06 27 1.53 39 SXSXS V5011-R 2-1/2x2-1/2x1-1/4 65x65x33 1.12 0.5 0.91 23 0.91 23 1.53 39 SXSXS V5011-R 2-1/2x2-1/2x1 65x65x25 1.05 0.47 0.74 19 0.74 19 1.53 39 SXSXS V5011-R 3x3x2-1/2 75x75x65 1.71 0.76 1.53 39 1.53 39 1.84 47 SXSXS V5011-R 3x3x2 75x75x50 1.91 0.85 1.26 32 1.26 32 1.84 47 SXSXS V5011-R 3x3x1-1/2 75x75x40 1.39 0.62 1.06 27 1.06 27 1.82 46 SXSXS 12 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – STANDARD UNIONS Unions (O-ring Material EPDM) V5033-E FLANGES Socket Flanges V5051-H Blind Flanges V5019-H Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointGN IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5051-H 3 75 1.75 0.78 1.02 26 0.32 8 S Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointGO IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5019-H 3 75 2.18 0.97 1.00 25 1.33 34 -- Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointAL IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5033-E 3/4 19 0.27 0.12 2.46 62 0.43 11 SxS V5033-E 1 25 0.40 0.18 2.70 69 0.43 11 SxS 13Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 CPVC Threaded Fire Protection Fittings Adapters ............................................................................................14-16 Elbows ...................................................................................................16 Tees .......................................................................................................17 InstaSeal Adapters .................................................................................18 InstaSeal Adapter Installation Instructions ........................................18-20 Accessories ..........................................................................................21 14 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – THREADED ADAPTERS Female Adapters with Metal Thread Insert Female Adapters with Metal BSP Thread Insert V5003-BI V5003-BI-BSP Spigot Female Adapters with Metal Thread Insert V5003-2-BI Male Adapters with Metal Thread Insert V5004-BI Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-BI 3/4 19 0.28 0.12 1.19 30 SXFNPT V5003-BI 1 25 0.63 0.28 1.59 40 SXFNPT V5003-BI 1-1/4 33 1.02 0.46 1.96 50 SXFNPT V5003-BI 1-1/2 40 1.26 0.56 1.98 50 SXFNPT V5003-BI 2 50 1.98 0.88 1.99 51 SXFNPT Univ. Fig. No.Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-BI-BSP 1 25 0.63 0.28 1.59 40 SXBSPT V5003-BI-BSP 1-1/4 33 1.02 0.46 1.96 50 SXBSPT V5003-BI-BSP 1-1/2 40 1.26 0.56 1.98 50 SXBSPT V5003-BI-BSP 2 50 1.98 0.88 1.99 51 SXBSPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-2-BI 3/4 19 0.28 0.12 2 51 SPGXFNPT V5003-2-BI 1 25 0.7 0.31 2.72 69 SPGXFNPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5004-BI 3/4 19 0.22 0.1 1.35 34 SxMNPT V5004-BI 1 25 0.46 0.21 1.82 46 SxMNPT V5004-BI 1-1/4 33 0.74 0.33 2.05 52 SxMNPT V5004-BI 1-1/2 40 1.06 0.47 2.14 54 SxMNPT V5004-BI 2 50 1.8 0.8 2.31 59 SxMNPT 15Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – THREADED ADAPTERS Spigot Female Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Thread Insert V5003-2-S-BI Female Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Thread Insert V5003-S-BI BRASTIC® Female Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Starter Thread V5003-S-BT BRASTIC® Spigot Female Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Starter Thread V5003-2S-BT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-S-BI 3/4x1/2 19x13 0.16 0.07 0.72 18 SXFNPT V5003-S-BI 1x1/2 25x13 0.18 0.08 0.73 19 SXFNPT V5003-S-BI 1x3/4 25x19 0.18 0.08 0.93 24 SXFNPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-2-S-BI 3/4x1/2 19x13 0.15 0.07 1.53 39 SPGXFNPT V5003-2-S-BI 1X1/2 25x13 0.16 0.07 1.84 47 SPGXFNPT Univ. Fig. No.Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-S-BT 3/4 x 1/2 19x13 0.13 0.06 0.75 19 SxFNPT V5003-S-BT 1 x 1/2 25x13 0.21 0.09 0.75 19 SxFNPT V5003-S-BT 1 x 3/4 25x19 0.14 0.06 0.9 23 SxFNPT Univ. Fig. No.Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointABC IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm IN.mm V5003-2S-BT 1 x 1/2 25x13 0.14 0.06 0.75 19 1.85 47 1.32 34 SxFNPT 16 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – THREADED Sprinkler 90 with Metal Thread Insert V5007-3-S-BI ELBOWS BRASTIC® Sprinkler 90 with Metal Insert V5007-3-S-BT ADAPTERS Bushing Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Thread Insert V5018-S-BI Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5018-S-BI 1 x 1/2 25x13 0.15 0.07 1 25 SPGXFNPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointAB IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5007-3-S-BI 3/4x 1/2 19x13 0.22 0.1 0.56 14 1.62 41 SxFNPT V5007-3-S-BI 1x 1/2 25x13 0.27 0.12 0.5 13 1.76 45 SxFNPT V5007-3-S-BI 1x 3/4 25x19 0.26 0.12 0.59 15 1.88 48 SxFNPT V5007-3-S-BI 1-1/4x 1/2 33x13 0.3 0.13 0.48 12 1.95 50 SxFNPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointAB IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm V5007-3-S-BT 3/4x 1/2 19x13 0.19 0.08 0.56 14 1.62 41 SxFNPT V5007-3-S-BT 1x 1/2 25x13 0.25 0.11 0.5 13 1.75 44 SxFNPT V5007-3-S-BT 1x 3/4 25x19 0.22 0.1 0.59 15 1.88 48 SxFNPT 17Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 TEES Sprinkler Tees with Metal Thread Insert V5012-S-BI V5012R-S-BI BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – THREADED Sprinkler Tees with Metal Thread Insert V5014R-S-BI BRASTIC® Sprinkler Tees with Metal Thread Inserts V5012-S-BT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointABC IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm IN.mm V5012-S-BT 3/4x3/4x1/2 19x19x13 0.2 0.09 0.43 11 0.43 11 1.61 41 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BT 1 25 0.37 0.17 0.83 21 0.83 21 1.49 38 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BT 1x1x1/2 25x25x13 0.26 0.12 0.42 11 0.42 11 1.76 45 SxSxFNPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointABC IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm IN.mm V5012-S-BI 3/4x3/4x1/2 19x19x13 0.22 0.1 0.42 11 0.42 11 1.6 41 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BI 1 25 0.44 0.2 0.8 20 0.8 20 1.48 38 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BI 1x1x1/2 25x25x13 0.29 0.13 0.41 10 0.41 10 1.76 45 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BI 1-1/4x1-1/4x1/2 33x33x13 0.34 0.15 0.52 13 0.52 13 1.95 50 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BI 1-1/2x1-1/2x1/2 40x40x13 0.46 0.21 0.45 11 0.45 11 2.13 54 SxSxFNPT V5012-S-BI 2x2x1/2 50x50x13 0.58 0.26 0.47 12 0.47 12 1.68 43 SxSxFNPT V5012R-S-BI 1x3/4x1/2 25x19x13 0.28 0.12 0.46 12 0.83 21 1.69 43 SxSxFNPT V5012R-S-BI 1-1/4x1x1/2 33x25x13 0.34 0.15 0.51 13 0.63 16 1.94 49 SxSxFNPT V5012R-S-BI 1-1/2x1-1/4x1/2 40x33x13 0.47 0.21 0.46 12 0.67 17 2.13 54 SxSxFNPT V5012R-S-BI 2x1-1/2x1/2 50x40x13 0.58 0.26 0.48 12 0.78 20 2.38 60 SxSxFNPT Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght. Dimensions JointABC IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm IN.mm IN.mm V5014R-S-BI 1x1/2x1 25x13x25 0.3 0.13 0.71 18 1.74 44 1.9 48 SxFNPTxS 18 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – THREADED INSTASEAL ADAPTERS Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Thread Insert and EPDM Rubber Seat Sprinkler Adapters with Metal Thread Insert and EPDM Rubber Seat V5003-S-BG V5003-2-S-BG Univ. Fig. No. Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-S-BG 3/4 X 1/2 19x13 ----1.50 38 S x FNPSH V5003-S-BG 1 X 1/2 25x13 ----1.88 48 S x FNPSH Univ. Fig. No.Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V5003-2-S-BG 3/4 X 1/2 19x13 ----1.50 38 SPG x FNPSH V5003-2-S-BG 1 X 1/2 25x13 ----1.85 47 SPG x FNPSH Tightening torque from touch of sprinkler to seat for proper installation of sprinkler REFER TO INTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ½ turn CW 14-19 IN-LBS Minimum ¾ turn CW 24-30 IN-LBS Recommended 1¼ turns CW 50-60 IN-LBS Maximum NOTE: Torque values are shown as “Inch-pounds” and not “foot-pounds”. 19Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 INSTASEAL ADAPTER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Figure 1: Sprinkler Contact on Rubber Seat OK x NO Deformity of rubber seat Brass Insert EPDM Seat CPVC Required Final Position (FP) See the manufacturer’s installation instructions for proper location and distance from ceiling. NOTICE InstaSeal adapters can only be used with sprinklers having a K-factor less than or equal to 5.8 (83.6 metric). 1. Follow BlazeMaster one-step solvent cement instructions for socket or spigot fittings. Never complete a solvent cement joint with the sprinkler installed into the Instaseal fitting per NFPA 13 requirements. DO NOT OVER APPLY CEMENT WHERE IT COULD OVER SPILL TO RUBBER SEAT. Installer must be properly trained and certified for construction and assembly of BlazeMaster® CPVC piping systems. 2. IMPORTANT - Seating the Sprinkler:After proper cure time of cement, make sure sealing surface of rubber is clean and free of any nicks or scratches on sprinkler seal end surface. Use only the thumb and forefinger (finger strength) to start the sprinkler in the lead thread of the Instaseal sprinkler adapter continuing until sprinkler contacts rubber seat. The rubber seat should not be compressed during this step. (Note: also include accessories as supplied by sprinkler manufacturer, such as adjustable cups and escutcheons, on to sprinkler prior to installing sprinkler into adapter fitting.) 3. A. Pendent and Upright Sprinklers: After seating the sprinkler, use the sprinkler manufacturer’s recommended wrench to turn the sprinkler clockwise (CW) a minimum of one half (½) turn for seal. If sprinkler frame arms require alignment with pipe, continue to rotate CW to align, up to the maximum of 1¼ turns from initial seat to sprinkler contact as stated and as shown in Figure 1. NOTICE Do not tighten more than 1¼ turns from initial sprinkler touch to rubber seat. Over-tightening will cause the rubber seat to protrude into the waterway and reduce the K-factor which impedes flow. Additionally, permanent damage to the rubber seat will occur leading to failure and leakage. Refer to Figure 1. B. Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers: After seating the sprinkler, use the sprinkler manufacturer’s recommended wrench to turn the sprinkler clokcwise to the required final position as shown below. Note: It may be necessary to re-seat the sprinkler to the EPDM seal (back out and restart threads) in a different position in order to acheive the required Final Position. 180º270º360º450º ¹/2 Turn ³/4 Turn 1 Turn 1-¹/4 Turn MAXIMUM FP FP FP FP Starting position examples (after seating) Allowable Rotation ORIENTATION INDICATOR SHOWN FOR CLARITY (not on product) 20 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 21Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 CEMENT AND ACCESSORIES Solvent Cement BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Fittings – ACCESSORIES Brush Dauber Fig. No.Size Description Weight per Case Lbs.Kg V5097Q Quart FP-1000 One Step Cement 27 12.05 V5097P Pint FP-1000 One Step Cement 14 6.25 CH62630CAN Quart FP-1000 One Step Cement Canada compliant label 27 12.05 Fig. No.Size Description Weight per Case Lbs.Kg V5096 NA Brush 11 4.91 Fig. No.Size Description Weight per Case Lbs.Kg V5093-S Small Duaber (pipe sizes 3/4”-1-1/4”)2 0.89 V5093-L Large Duaber (pipe sizes 1-1/4”-3”)2 0.89 Test Plug Univ. Fig. No.Nominal Size Approx. Wght.Dimension A Joint IN.mm lb.kg IN.mm V450-005 1/2 15 0.03 0.01 1.06 27 MPT 22 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 Review – Do's & Don'ts Do’s »Installation should be made only by a qualified installer or contractor in accordance with all applicable codes and requirements. »Read and follow the installation instructions. »Follow recommended safe work practices. »Make certain thread sealants, gasket lubricants, and firestop materials are compatible with CPVC. »Keep pipe and fittings in original packaging until needed. »Cover pipe and fittings with an opaque tarp if stored outdoors. »Follow proper handling procedures. »Use tools specifically designed for use with plastic pipe and fittings. »Use the proper solvent cement and follow application instructions. »Use a drop cloth to protect interior finishes. »Cut the pipe ends square. »Deburr and bevel the pipe end with a chamfering tool. »Rotate the pipe 1/4 turn when bottoming pipe in fitting socket. »Make certain no solvent cement is on sprinkler and adapter threads. »Make certain that solvent cement does not run and plug the sprinkler orifice. »Follow the manufacturer’s recommended cure times prior to pressure testing. »Fill lines slowly and only at a proper pressure. »Bleed the air from the system prior to pressure testing. »Support sprinkler properly to prevent lift up of the through the ceiling when activated. »For threaded rod hangar supports keep within 1/16” near pipe or use surge arrestor. »Install Viking BlazeMaster ® CPVC fire sprinkler products in wet or dry system applications. »Use only insulation and/or glycerin and water solutions for freeze protection. »Allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. »Ensure installers have been properly trained per the Viking BlazeMaster ® CPVC Fire Sprinkler System Installation and Design Manual and renew training every three years at a minimum. Don’ts »Do not use edible oils as a gasket lubricant. »Do not use petroleum or solvent-based sealants, lubricants, or fire stop materials. »Do not use any glycol-based solutions as anti-freeze. »Do not contaminate the CPVC system with cutting oils or compressor oils. »Do not mix glycerin and water solutions in contaminated containers. »Do not use solvent cement that exceeds its shelf life or has become discolored or jellied. »Do not allow solvent cement to plug the sprinkler orifice. »Do not connect rigid metal couplers to CPVC grooved adapters. »Do not thread or groove CPVC pipe. »Do not use solvent cement near sources of heat, open flame, or when smoking. »Do not pressure test with air. »Do not pressure test until recommended cure times are met. »Do not exceed proper pressure for testing. »Do not use ratchet cutters below 50°F. »Do not use CPVC pipe that has been stored outdoors, unprotected and is faded in color. »Do not allow threaded rod to come in contact with the pipe. »Do not install Viking BlazeMaster ® CPVC fire sprinkler products in cold weather without allowing for expansion. »Do not allow puddling of cement in fittings and pipe. »Do not use dull or broken cutting tool blades when cutting pipe. 23Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 24 Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 Cat. Viking Figure No. Size Nibco Figure No. Spears Figure no. Tyco Figure No.ADAPTERSV5001-G 1-1/4"5001-G 4233-012 80160 V5001-G 1-1/2"5001-G 4233-015 80161 V5001-G 2"5001-G 4233-020 80162 V5001-G 2-1/2"5001-G 4233-025 80163 V5001-G 65 mm 5001-G ---- V5001-G 3" 5001-G 4233-030 80164 BUSHINGSV5018 1"x3/4"5018 4237-131 80200 V5018 1-1/4"x1"5018 4237-168 80202 V5018 1-1/4"x3/4"5018 4237-167 80201 V5018 1-1/2"x1-1/4"5018 4237-212 80205 V5018 1-1/2"x1"5018 4237-211 80204 V5018 1-1/2"x3/4"5018 4237-210 80203 V5018 2"x1-1/2"5018 4237-251 80209 V5018 2"x1-1/4"5018 4237-250 80208 V5018 2"x1"5018 4237-249 80207 V5018 2"x3/4"5018 4237-248 80206 V5018 2-1/2"x2"5018 4237-292 80211 V5018 2-1/2"x1-1/2"5018 4237-291 80213 V5018 2-1/2"x1-1/4"5018 4237-290 80214 V5018 2-1/2"x1"5018 N/A 80215 V5018 3"x2-1/2"5018 4237-339 80212 V5018 3”x2”5018 4237-338 80210 V5018 3"x1-1/2"5018 N/A N/A CAPSV5017 3/4"5017 4247-007 80100 V5017 1"5017 4247-010 80101 V5017 1-1/4"5017 4247-012 80102 V5017 1-1/2"5017 4247-015 80103 V5017 2"5017 4247-020 80104 V5017 2-1/2"5017 4247-025 80105 V5017 3"5017 4247-030 80106 COUPLINGSV5001 3/4"5001 4229-007 80075 V5001 1"5001 4229-010 80076 V5001 1-1/4"5001 4229-012 80077 V5001 1-1/2"5001 4229-015 80078 V5001 2"5001 4229-020 80079 V5001 2-1/2"5001 4229-025 80080 V5001 3" 5001 4229-030 80081 V5001-R 1"x3/4"5001-R 4229-131 80220 V5001-R 1-1/4"x1"5001-R 4229-168 N/A V5001-R 1-1/2"x3/4"5001-R 4229-210 N/A V5001-R 1-1/2"x1"5001-R 4229-211 N/A V5001-R 1-1/2"x1-1/4"5001-R 4229-212 N/A V5001-R 2"x1"5001-R 4229-249 N/A V5001-R 2"x1-1/2"5001-R 4229-251 N/A CROSSESV5035 3/4"5035 4220-007 80009 V5035 1"5035 4220-010 80010 V5035 1-1/4"5035 4220-012 80011 V5035 1-1/2"5035 4220-015 80012 V5035 2"5035 4220-020 80013 V5035 2-1/2"5035 4220-025 80014 V5035 3" 5035 4220-030 N/A V5035-R 1"x3/4"x1"x3/4"5035-R 4220-131 80015 Cat. Viking Figure No. Size Nibco Figure No. Spears Figure no. Tyco Figure No.ELBOWSV5006 3/4"5006 4217-007 80050 V5006 1"5006 4217-010 80051 V5006 1-1/4"5006 4217-012 80052 V5006 1-1/2"5006 4217-015 80053 V5006 2"5006 4217-020 80054 V5006 2-1/2"5006 4217-025 90055 V5006 3" 5006 4217-030 90056 V5007 3/4"5007 4206-007 80025 V5007 1"5007 4206-010 80026 V5007 1-1/4"5007 4206-012 80027 V5007 1-1/2"5007 4206-015 80028 V5007 2"5007 4206-020 80029 V5007 2-1/2"5007 4206-025 80030 V5007 3"5007 4206-030 80031 V5007-R 1"x3/4"5007-R 4206-131 80032 FLANGESV5019-H 3"5019-H 4253-030 N/A V5051-H 3"5051-H N/A N/A TEESV5011 3/4"5011 4201-007 80000 V5011 1"5011 4201-010 80001 V5011 1-1/4"5011 4201-012 80002 V5011 1-1/2"5011 4201-015 80003 V5011 2"5011 4201-020 80004 V5011 2-1/2"5011 4201-025 80005 V5011 3"5011 4201-030 80006 V5011-R 3/4"x3/4"x1"5011-R 4201-102 80132 V5011-R 1"x1"x3/4"5011-R 4201-131 80260 V5011-R 1"x3/4"x1"5011-R 4201-126 80134 V5011-R 1"x3/4"x3/4"5011-R 4201-125 80133 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x1"5011-R 4201-168 80262 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x3/4"5011-R 4201-167 80261 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1"x1-1/4"5011-R 4201-159 80137 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1"x1"5011-R 4201-158 80136 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1"x3/4"5011-R 4201-157 80135 V5011-R 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x1-1/2"5011-R 4201-169 80138 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1-1/4"5011-R 4201-212 80275 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1"5011-R 4201-211 80264 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x3/4"5011-R 4201-210 80263 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/4"x1"5011-R 4201-202 80141 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/4"x3/4"5011-R 4201-201 80140 V5011-R 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x2"5011-R 4201-213 N/A V5011-R 2"x2"x1-1/2"5011-R 4201-251 80267 25Form No. F_032219 20.10.21 Rev 20.2 THREADED FITTINGS Cat. Viking Figure No.Size Nibco Figure No. Spears Figure no. Tyco Figure No.TEESV5011-R 2"x2"x1-1/4"5011-R 4201-250 80274 V5011-R 2"x2"x1"5011-R 4201-249 80266 V5011-R 2"x2"x3/4"5011-R 4201-248 80265 V5011-R 2-1/2"x2-1/2"x2"5011-R 4201-292 80276 V5011-R 2-1/2"x2-1/2"x1-1/2"5011-R 4201-291 80273 V5011-R 2-1/2"x2-1/2"x1-1/4"5011-R 4201-290 80272 V5011-R 2-1/2"x2-1/2"x1"5011-R 4201-289 80271 V5011-R 3"x3"x2-1/2"5011-R 4201-339 80269 V5011-R 3"x3"x2"5011-R 4201-338 80268 V5011-R 3"x3"x1-1/2"5011-R 4201-337 80270 UNIONSV5033-E 3/4"5033-E 4257-007 N/A V5033-E 1"5033-E 4257-010 N/A Cat. Viking Figure No.Size Nibco Figure No. Spears Figure no. Tyco Figure No.ADAPTERSV5003-BI 3/4"5003-BI 4235-007 80142 V5003-BI 1"5003-BI 4235-010 80145 V5003-BI 1-1/4"5003-BI 4235-012 80146 V5003-BI 1-1/2"5003-BI 4235-015 80147 V5003-BI 2"5003-BI 4235-020 80148 V5003-2-BI 3/4"5003-2-BI 4278-007 N/A V5003-2-BI 1"5003-2-BI 4278-010 N/A V5003-S-BI 3/4"x1/2"5003-S-BI or 80175W 4235-101 80175E or V80175W V5003-S-BI 1"x1/2"5003-S-BI or V80176W 4235-130 80176E or V80176W V5003-S-BI 1"x3/4"5003-S-BI 4235-131 80179 V5003-2-S-BI 3/4"x1/2"5003-2-S-BI 4238-101 80177L V5003-2-S-BI 1"x1/2"5003-2-S-BI 4238-130 80178 V5003-S-BT 3/4”x1/2”5003-S-BT N/A N/A V5003-S-BT 1”x1/2”5003-S-BT N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 1”5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 1-1/4”5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 1-1/2”5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5003-BI-BSP 2”5003-BI-BSP N/A N/A V5004-BI 3/4"5004-BI 4236-007 80157 V5004-BI 1"5004-BI 4236-010 80158 V5004-BI 1-1/4"5004-BI 4236-012 N/A V5004-BI 1-1/2"5004-BI 4236-015 N/A V5004-BI 2"5004-BI 4236-020 N/A V5018-S-BI 1”x1/2”5018-S-BI 4238-130BR N/A ELBOWSV5007-3-S-BI 3/4"x1/2"5007-3-S-BI 4207-101 80199 V5007-3-S-BI 1"x1/2"5007-3-S-BI 4207-130 80198 V5007-3-S-BI 1"x3/4"5007-3-S-BI 4207-131 80196 V5007-3-S-BI 1-1/4"x1/2"5007-3-S-BI 4207-166 N/A InstaSaelV5003-S-BG 3/4 X 1/2 N/A 4135-101BRG 80175RS V5003-S-BG 1 X 1/2 N/A 4135-130BRG 80176RS V5003-2-S-BG 3/4 X 1/2 N/A N/A N/A V5003-2-S-BG 1 X 1/2 N/A N/A 80178RS Cat. Viking Figure No.Size Nibco Figure No. Spears Figure no. Tyco Figure No.TEESV5012-S-BI 1"5012-S-BI 4202-010 80249 V5012-S-BI 3/4"x3/4"x1/2"5012-S-BI 4202-101 80250 V5012-R-S-BI 1"x3/4"x1/2"5012-R-S-BI 4202-124 N/A V5012-S-BI 1"x1"x1/2"5012-S-BI 4202-130 80251 V5012-R-S-BI 1"x1/2"x1"5012-R-S-BI 4203-122 N/A V5012-R-S-BI 1-1/4"x1"x1/2"5012-R-S-BI 4202-156 80256 V5012-S-BI 1-1/4"x1-1/4"x1/2"5012-S-BI 4202-166 80252 V5012-R-S-BI 1-1/2"x1-1/4"x1/2"5012-R-S-BI 4202-199 80257 V5012-S-BI 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1/2"5012-S-BI 4202-209 80254 V5012-S-BI 2"x2"x1/2"5012-S-BI 4202-247 80253 V5012-R-S-BI 2"x1-1/2"x1/2"5012-R-S-BI 4202-237 80258 TEST PLUGV450-005 1/2”450-005 4250-005 N/A F_032219 Rev 20.2 ©2020 Viking Plastics LLC., All rights reserved. Trusted above all ™ Features • Sizes Available (Nominal): 3/4” (DN20) through 3” (DN80) pipe diameters, with a Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of 13.5 as specified in ASTM F442. • Environmental Specifications: Indoor use only. Maximum Ambient Temperature: 150°F (65°C) • Hazen-Williams C Value: 150 • Pressure Data: Working Pressure: 175 PSI (12.1 bar) at 150°F (65°C) • Specifications: • Meets NFPA 13R and 13D standards for residential occupancies as well as NFPA 13 standards for light hazard occupancies. • Pipe meets or exceeds ASTM F442. • Certified by NSF International for potable water services. • CPVC pipe from Viking Plastics use compound cell class 23547 (demonstrated highest structural properties). • cULus Listed, FM Approved, New York City (MEA) Approved, LPCB Approved. CPVC PIPE PHYSICAL DATA Nominal Pipe Size Actual Outside Diameter Average Inside Diameter *Weight per 15’ (4,6 m) length Length Approvals Part Number Inch DN Inch mm Inch mm Lb.Kg.Feet M 3/4”DN20 1.050 26,670 0.874 22,199 2.52 1,14 15 4.6 cULus, FM, NSF 34PIPE 1”DN25 1.315 33,401 1.101 27,965 3.93 1,78 15 4.6 1PIPE 1 1/4”DN32 1.660 42,164 1.394 35,408 6.27 2,84 15 4.6 114PIPE 1 1/2”DN40 1.900 48,260 1.598 40,589 8.22 3,73 15 4.6 112PIPE 2”DN50 2.375 60,325 2.003 50,876 12.89 5,85 15 4.6 2PIPE 2 1/2”DN65 2.875 73,000 2.423 61,500 18.86 8,55 15 4.6 212PIPE 3”DN80 3.500 88,900 2.950 74,900 28.01 12,71 15 4.6 3PIPE Nominal Pipe Size Actual Outside Diameter Average Inside Diameter *Weight per 10’ (3,05 m) length Length Approvals Part Number Inch DN Inch mm Inch mm Lb.Kg.Feet M 3/4”DN20 1.050 26,670 0.874 22,199 1.68 0,76 10 3,05 cULus, FM, NSF 34PIPE10 1”DN25 1.315 33,401 1.101 27,965 2.62 1,19 10 3,05 1PIPE10 1 1/4”DN32 1.660 42,164 1.394 35,408 4.18 1,90 10 3,05 114PIPE10 1 1/2”DN40 1.900 48,260 1.598 40,589 5.48 2,49 10 3,05 112PIPE10 2”DN50 2.375 60,325 2.003 50,876 8.59 3,90 10 3,05 2PIPE10 2 1/2”DN65 2.875 73,000 2.423 61,500 12.57 5,70 10 3,05 212PIPE10 3”DN80 3.500 88,900 2.950 74,900 18.67 8,47 10 3,05 3PIPE10 NOTE: CPVC Pipe is produced in SDR 13.5 Dimensions in accordance with ASTM F442. Standard Dimension Ratio is the ratio of the outside pipe diameter to the wall thickness of the pipe. Blazemaster® is a registered trademark of Lubrizol. Specifications subject to change without notice *Empty pipe weights IMPORTANT: Installers should receive thorough hands-on training in the proper methods of assembly and installation of CPVC products. Trusted above all ™ CPVC Pipe Product Specifications Corrosion resistant CPVC fire sprinkler pipe, when installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s design and instal- lation instructions, is UL and c-UL Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in the following: • Meets NFPA 13R and 13D standards for residential occupancies as well as NFPA 13 standards for light hazard occupancies. • Residential occupancies up to and including four stories in height as defined by NFPA 13R. • Residential occupancies as defined in the Standard for Sprinkler Systems in One and Two Family Dwellings, NFPA 13D. • Installation of private fire service mains and their appurtenances, NFPA 24. CPVC fire sprinkler pipe from Viking Plastics shall be employed in wet pipe systems only and are not listed for outdoor use. CPVC pipe must never be used in a system using compressed air or other gases. CPVC pipe from Viking Plastics also carries the following enhanced listings and approvals: • According to UL Listing • Can be flush at return air plenums • Exposed system risers NFPA 13D, 13R • Exposed basement NFPA 13D (solid wood joist) • Extended coverage (exposed) y 20’ spacing on pendent in lieu of 15’ y 18’ spacing on sidewall in lieu of 14’ • Use with combustible concealed sprinklers • UL Listed attic sprinkler head (to protect the floor below) • UL Listed attic sprinkler head with wet system piping (feed main and ridge installation) • Exposed sidewall sprinkler listing for exposed pipe & fittings y 24’ extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12” drop, 155°F sprinkler head y 18’ extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12” drop, 165°F sprinkler head y 16’ extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12” drop, 175°F sprinkler head y 14’ standard coverage sidewall sprinkler, 12” drop, 200°F sprinkler head • Factory Mutual Approved* • Factory Mutual Approval exposed • Factory Mutual Approval above drop-in ceilings • Factory Mutual Approval exposed w/Soffi-Steel soffiting covering system New and enhanced listings and approvals are being pursued. Always check with the appropriate Listing and Approval agency for details on current listing parameters. CPVC pipe meets all applicable standards for pressure rated applica- tion as required in ANSI-NSF Standard 14 and complies with ANSI-NSF Standard 61 for health effects and are marked with the NSF-pw end use marking. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for wet pipe systems, and shall carry a rated working pressure of 175 psi @ 150°F (12 bar @ 65.5°C). *The FM Approval is limited to use in wet pipe fire protection sprinkler systems for light hazard occupancies in both concealed and exposed applications with certain restrictions. Piping must always be installed in strict accordance to the manufacturer’s DESIGN AND INSTALLATION GUIDE, including product storage and handling, joining methods, supporting and bracing, expansion and con- traction allowance and testing, etc. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards 13, 13D, and 13R must be referenced for design and installation requirements in conjunction with the installation instructions. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe from Viking Plastics is manufactured in the USA. All CPVC pipe shall be packaged immediately after its manufacture to prevent damage and shall be stored indoors after production, at the manufacturing site, until shipped from the factory. The pipe shall bear the logo of the listing agencies, and shall carry the National Sanitation Foun- dation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. CPVC products are intended for use in areas where the maximum ambi- ent temperature does not exceed 150°F (65.5°C). If the ambient tempera- ture is expected to exceed this limitation, refer to the manufacturer’s DE- SIGN AND INSTALLATION GUIDE for additional information on methods to reduce the pipe exposure temperatures. CPVC pipe is not intended to be installed in outdoor applications. CPVC pipe is intended to be used in wet pipe systems only and have not been investigated for use in dry pipe systems. Special installation and design criteria relative to pipe hanger spacings, piping and sprinkler restraint, sprinkler temperature rating, piping locations, testing procedures and friction loss characteristics are specified in the manufacturer’s installation instructions provided with the pipe. The manufacturer’s installation instructions should be reviewed and the Authority Having Jurisdiction consulted before installation. Project InformatIon :aPProval Stam P: Project: Date:Phone: Architect / Engineer: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: Rev. 03.03.06-00 For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings, versus pipe schedule, go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative Submittal Sheet SPF Cast & Ductile Iron Fittings ® Material Specification S Cast iron threaded fittings are UL & ULC Listed & Factory Mutual Approved for 300 psi service. Gray iron per ASTM A26 Class B. Dimensions conform to ANSI B6.4 Class 25. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASMe B.20.. 90° elbow Nominal Size Anvil Item Number Universal Number Max. Working Pressure Dimensions Approx. Wt. EachAB In. (mm)PSI (kPa)In. (mm)In. (mm)Lbs. (kg) 1 800000002 CB90033 300 1.50 1.50 0.84 25 2065 38.10 38.10 0.38 11⁄4 800000010 CB90044 300 1.75 1.75 1.34 32 2065 44.45 44.45 0.61 11⁄2 800000028 CB90055 300 1.94 1.94 1.80 40 2065 49.27 49.27 0.82 2 800000036 CB90066 300 2.25 2.25 2.90 50 2065 57.15 57.15 1.32 21⁄2 800000044 CB90077 300 2.70 2.70 4.75 65 2065 68.58 68.58 2.15 A B 90° elbow Cast Iron - Class 125 Fittings PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: Class 125 (Standard) SPF/CI-1.15 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Dimensions: ASME B16.4 Class 125 Material: ASTM A126 Finish: Black or Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM A153 Class A Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All cast iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FIG. 3358R Reducing Tee For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. FIGURE 3358R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size 1 x 2 x 3 Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. EachA B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x 1⁄2 x 1 300 1.50 1.36 1.50 1.08 25 x 15 x 25 2065 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.49 1 x 3⁄4 x 1 300 1.50 1.45 1.50 1.18 25 x 20 x 25 2065 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.54 1 x 1 x 1⁄2 300 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.95 25 x 25 x 15 2065 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.43 1 x 1 x 3⁄4 300 1.37 1.37 1.45 1.10 25 x 25 x 20 2065 34.79 34.79 36.83 0.50 1 x 1 x 11⁄4* 300 1.67 1.67 1.58 1.52 25 x 25 x 32 2065 42.418 42.418 40.132 0.69 1 x 1 x 11⁄2* 300 1.8 1.8 1.65 1.73 25 x 25 x 40 2065 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.78 11⁄4 x 1 x 1⁄2 300 1.34 1.26 1.53 1.17 32 x 25 x 15 2065 34.03 32.00 38.86 0.53 11⁄4 x 1 x 3⁄4 300 1.45 1.37 1.62 1.38 32 x 25 x 20 2065 36.83 34.79 41.14 0.63 11⁄4 x 1 x 1 300 1.58 1.50 1.57 1.47 32 x 25 x 25 2065 40.13 38.10 39.87 0.67 11⁄4 x 1 x 11⁄4 300 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.80 32 x 25 x 32 2065 44.45 42.41 44.45 0.82 11⁄4 x 1 x 11⁄2* 300 1.88 1.8 1.82 2.05 32 x 25 x 40 2065 47.752 45.72 46.228 0.93 FIGURE 3358R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size 1 x 2 x 3 Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. EachA B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 300 1.34 1.34 1.53 1.37 32 x 32 x 15 2065 34.03 34.03 38.86 0.62 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 300 1.45 1.45 1.62 1.54 32 x 32 x 20 2065 36.83 36.83 41.14 0.70 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1 300 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.65 32 x 32 x 25 2065 40.13 40.13 42.41 0.75 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 11⁄2* 300 1.88 1.88 1.82 2.21 32 x 32 x 40 2065 47.752 47.752 46.228 1.00 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 2* 300 2.1 2.1 1.9 2.55 25 x 25 x 40 2065 53.34 53.34 48.26 1.16 s Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". C BA 21 3 1 x 2 x 3 Class 125 (Standard) SPF/CI-1.15 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG. 3358R Reducing Tee FIGURE 3358R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size 1 x 2 x 3 Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. EachABC In. (mm)PSI (kPa)In. (mm)In. (mm)In. (mm)Lbs. (kg) 11⁄2 x 1 x 1⁄2 300 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.41 40 x 25 x 15 2065 35.81 34.03 42.16 0.64 11⁄2 x 1 x 3⁄4 300 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.65 40 x 25 x 20 2065 38.60 34.79 44.45 0.75 11⁄2 x 1 x 1 300 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.65 40 x 25 x 25 2065 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.75 11⁄2 x 1 x 11⁄4 300 1.82 1.67 1.88 2.00 40 x 25 x 32 2065 46.22 42.41 47.75 0.91 11⁄2 x 1 x 11⁄2 300 1.94 1.8 1.94 2.30 40 x 25 x 40 2065 49.27 45.72 49.27 1.04 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 300 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.58 40 x 32 x 15 2065 35.81 34.03 42.16 0.72 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 300 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.72 40 x 32 x 20 2065 38.60 36.83 44.45 0.78 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1 300 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.85 40 x 32 x 25 2065 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.84 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 300 1.82 1.75 1.88 2.22 40 x 32 x 32 2065 46.22 44.45 47.75 1.00 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 11⁄2 300 1.94 1.88 1.94 2.45 40 x 32 x 15 2065 49.27 47.75 49.27 1.11 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 2*300 2.16 2.1 2.02 2.80 40 x 32 x 40 2065 54.864 53.34 51.308 1.27 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 300 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.76 40 x 40 x 40 2065 35.81 35.81 42.16 0.80 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 300 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.87 40 x 40 x 20 2065 38.60 38.60 44.45 0.85 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 300 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.94 40 x 40 x 25 2065 41.91 41.91 45.72 0.88 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 300 1.82 1.82 1.88 2.29 40 x 40 x 32 2065 46.22 46.22 47.75 1.04 FIGURE 3358R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size 1 x 2 x 3 Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. EachABC In. (mm)PSI (kPa)In. (mm)In. (mm)In. (mm)Lbs. (kg) 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 2*300 2.16 2.16 2.02 3.28 40 x 40 x 50 2065 54.864 54.864 51.308 1.41 2 x 1 x 2 300 2.25 2.02 2.25 3.40 50 x 25 x 50 2065 57.15 51.30 57.15 1.54 2 x 11⁄4 x 2 300 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.80 50 x 32 x 50 2065 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.27 2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 300 1.49 1.41 1.88 2.09 50 x 40 x 15 2065 37.84 35.81 47.75 0.95 2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 300 1.60 1.52 1.97 2.40 50 x 40 x 20 2065 40.64 38.60 50.03 1.09 2 x 11⁄2 x 1 300 1.73 1.65 2.02 2.54 50 x 40 x 25 2065 43.94 41.91 51.30 1.15 2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 300 1.90 1.82 2.10 2.85 50 x 40 x 32 2065 48.26 46.22 53.34 1.30 2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 300 1.49 1.41 1.88 2.24 50 x 40 x 40 2065 37.84 35.81 47.75 1.02 2 x 11⁄2 x 2 300 2.25 2.16 2.25 3.75 50 x 40 x 50 2065 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.70 2 x 2 x 1⁄2 300 1.49 1.49 1.88 2.60 50 x 50 x 15 2065 37.84 37.84 47.75 1.18 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 300 1.60 1.60 1.97 2.71 50 x 50 x 20 2065 40.64 40.64 50.03 1.23 2 x 2 x 1 300 1.73 1.73 2.02 2.97 50 x 50 x 15 2065 43.94 43.94 51.30 1.35 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 300 1.90 1.90 2.10 3.32 50 x 50 x 32 2065 48.26 48.26 53.34 1.51 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 300 2.02 2.02 2.16 3.72 50 x 50 x 40 2065 51.30 51.30 54.86 1.69 2 x 2 x 21⁄2*300 2.6 2.6 2.39 5.10 50 x 50 x 60 2065 66.04 66.04 60.706 2.31 s Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". C BA 21 3 1 x 2 x 3 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: Class 125 (Standard) SPF/CI-1.15 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Dimensions: ASME B16.4 Class 125 Material: ASTM A126 Finish: Black or Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM A153 Class A Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All cast iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FIG. 3351R Reducing 90˚ Elbow For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. A B FIGURE 3351R - REDUCING 90° ELBOW Nominal Size Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. EachAB In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x 1⁄2 300 1.26 1.36 0.64 25 x 15 2065 32.00 34.54 0.29 1 x 3⁄4 300 1.37 1.45 0.87 25 x 20 2065 34.79 36.83 0.39 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 300 1.34 1.53 0.96 32 x15 2065 34.03 38.86 0.44 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 300 1.45 1.62 1.13 32 x 20 2065 36.83 41.14 0.51 11⁄4 x 1 300 1.58 1.67 1.16 32 x 25 2065 40.13 42.41 0.53 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 300 1.41 1.66 1.17 40 x15 2065 35.81 42.16 0.53 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 300 1.52 1.75 1.28 40 x 20 2065 38.60 44.45 0.58 11⁄2 x 1 300 1.65 1.80 1.51 40 x 25 2065 41.91 45.72 0.68 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 300 1.82 1.88 1.62 40 x 32 2065 46.22 47.75 0.73 2 x 1⁄2 300 1.49 1.88 2.00 50 x 40 2065 37.84 47.75 0.91 2 x 3⁄4 300 1.60 1.97 2.05 50 x 20 2065 40.64 50.03 0.93 2 x 1 300 1.73 2.02 2.10 50 x 25 2065 43.94 51.30 0.95 2 x 11⁄4 300 1.90 2.10 2.30 50 x 32 2065 48.26 53.34 1.04 2 x 11⁄2 300 2.02 2.16 2.60 50 x 40 2065 51.30 54.86 1.18 s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: Class 125 (Standard) SPF/CI-1.15 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Dimensions: ASME B16.4 Class 125 Material: ASTM A126 Finish: Black or Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM A153 Class A Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All cast iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FIG. 3358 Straight Tee For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. A AA FIGURE 3358 - STRAIGHT TEE Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressures Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm)PSI (kPa)In. (mm)Lbs. (kg) 1 300 1.50 1.21 25 2065 38.10 0.55 11⁄4 300 1.75 1.87 32 2065 44.45 0.85 11⁄2 300 1.94 2.51 40 2065 49.27 1.14 2 300 2.25 3.96 50 2065 57.15 1.80 21⁄2 300 2.70 6.45 65 2065 68.58 2.93 s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. 5 To find a distributor near you, call 800-BUILDEX STEELSTEELWOODAPPROVALSACCESSORIESCONCRETENot less than 2” nominal width (1-1/2”) up to 3-1/2” pipe; not less than 3” (2-1/2”) nominal width 4” & 5” pipe Minimum 2-1/2” from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3” from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2” or thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. Floor Joist Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Descriptions Ultimate Pullout (lbs) UL Test Load (lbs) Box Qty Case Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1/4"8019957 SWG 200 1/4 x 2"1725 (Fir)25 125 3/8"8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1"622 (Fir)300 25 125 3/8"8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x 2"1725 (Fir)1050 25 125 3/8"8073925 SWG 20-SS 1/4 x 2"1725 (Fir)850 25 125 3/8"*8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2"2249 (Fir)1500 25 125 3/8"8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3"1884 (Fir)25 125#14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 • No pre-drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Made in the U.S.A. Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Descriptions Ultimate Pullout (lbs) UL Test Load (lbs) FM Test Load (lbs) Min Thickness Box Qty Case Qty SWIVEL MOUNT 3/8"8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2"1257 (Fir)1050 1475 25 125 3/8"8141957 SH-GST 30 1/4 x 3"1720 (Fir)1500 1475 25 125 3/8"*8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4” 1903 Dim. Lumber 1406 @ 45°off vertical Dim. Lumber 1500 850 @ 45°25 125 1/2”8303957 SH-GST/CST 2.0 5/16 x 1-3/4” 903 Dim. Lumber 1406 @ 45°off vertical Dim. Lumber 25 125 #14 Black Nut DriverPart # 8113910 • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. • Accommodates up to 3 ½” x 12 pitch roof. • Allows 17° deflection from vertical. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Made in the U.S.A. Application Product Features Application Product Features Composite / Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. *Pre-drilling may be required for Model SWG 25-380. Tool available on page 11. Watch a video demonstration atwww.itwbuildex.com SIDEWINDER® FOR WOOD - Horizontal Application SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD™ FOR WOOD - Swivel Application #14 SH Orange Nut DriverPart # 8273910 * May require pre-drilling; consult joist manufacturer. * May require pre-drilling; consult joist manufacturer. 4 For the most up to date information, visit www.itwbuildex.com Wood Flooring Wood Joist Double Sheetrock Ceiling Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Descriptions Ultimate Pullout (lbs) UL Test Load (lbs) FM Test Load (lbs) Box Qty Case Qty VERTICAL MOUNT 1/4"8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1"210 (7/16” OSB) 670 (3/4” Ply)25 125 1/4"8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2"1760 (Fir)25 125 1/4"8004957 GST 300 1/4 x 3"2060 (Fir)25 125 3/8"8007957 GST 10 1/4 x 1"210 (7/16” OSB) 670 (3/4” Ply)300 25 125 3/8"8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2"1760 (Fir)850 1475 25 125 3/8"8068925 GST 20-SS 1/4 x 2"1760 (Fir)850 25 125 3/8"8009925 GST 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2"2113 (Fir)1500 25 125 3/8"8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3"2060 (Fir)1500 1475 25 125 3/8"8069925 GST 30-SS 1/4 x 3"2060 (Fir)25 125 3/8"8011925 GST 40 1/4 x 4"2180 (Fir)25 125 1/2"8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 2"1760 (Fir)25 125 1/2"8014925 GST 2.5-380 3/8 x 2-1/2"2113 (Fir)25 125 1/2"8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3"2275 (Fir)25 125 Not less than 2” nominal width (1-1/2”) Not less than 3” nominal thickness (2-1/2”) (depth or side of vertical member) #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 Composite / Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. *Pre-drilling may be required for GST 25-380 . Tool available on page 11. For vertical use - install in center of lower face. Minimum 2” embedment into base material for NFPA 13 compliance. • No pre-drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Made in the U.S.A. SAMMYS® FOR WOOD Application Product Features Watch a video demonstration atwww.itwbuildex.com SAMMYS® FOR WOOD - Vertical Application PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 BOLTS: SAE J429, Grade 5, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-1, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip HEAVY HEX NUTS: ASTM A563, Grade A, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-2, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: q Standard Gruvlok q Gruvlok Xtreme™ required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. q Pre-Lubricated Grade “E” EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 150°F (Ser vice Temperature Range)(-40°C to 65°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. GASKET TYPE: q Standard C Style q Flush Gap The C-3 Coupling is a flexible light weight style which is ideal for fire protection services and other services where low pressure and ambient temperature conditions are expected. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. FIG. C-3 Lightweight Flexible Coupling FP-10.16 LPS 1219: Issue 3.1 Cert/LPCB ref. 519a/16 For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS Y Z X For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. FIG. C-3 Lightweight Flexible Coupling Range of Pipe End Separation and Angular Deflection values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. 1. Working pressure and/or end load are total allowable, based on standard weight steel pipe, roll or cut grooved. 2. One time field test pressure may be increased to 1.5 times the figures listed above. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. C-3 LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING Nominal Size Pipe O.D. Max. Working Pressures Max. End Load Range of Pipe End Separation Deflection From CL Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque §Approx. Wt. Ea.Per Coupling Pipe X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees In./Ft. - mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 300 407 0- 1⁄32 1° 22' 0.29 2 1⁄2 4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.2 25 33.4 20.7 1.81 0-0.79 23.8 64 102 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.5 11⁄4 1.660 300 649 0- 1⁄32 1° 5' 0.23 2 3⁄4 41⁄4 13⁄4 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.3 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-0.79 18.8 70 111 44 M10 x 50 40 60 0.6 11⁄2 1.900 300 851 0- 1⁄32 0° 57' 0.20 3 4 1⁄2 13⁄4 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.5 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-0.79 16.5 76 117 44 M10 x 50 40 60 0.7 2 2.375 300 1,329 0- 1⁄32 0° 45' 0.16 3 3⁄8 5 1 7⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.7 50 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-0.79 13.1 66 140 48 M10 x 57 40 60 0.8 21⁄2 2.875 300 1,948 0- 1⁄32 0° 37' 0.13 3 7⁄8 51⁄2 17⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 2.0 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-0.79 10.9 99 146 48 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 3 O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 0- 1⁄32 0° 36' 0.13 4 1⁄8 53⁄4 17⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.9 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-0.79 10.4 105 146 48 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 3 3.500 300 2,886 0- 1⁄32 0° 31' 0.11 4 1⁄2 61⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 21⁄2 80 100 2.6 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 8.9 114 156 48 M10 x 63 110 150 1.2 4 4.500 300 4,771 0- 3⁄32 1° 12' 0.25 6 1⁄8 8 2 1⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 4.1 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 20.8 156 203 57 M12 x 70 135 175 1.9 51⁄2 O.D. 5.500 300 7,127 0-3⁄32 0° 59' 0.20 67⁄8 95⁄16 21⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 5.5 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0-2.38 17.0 175 237 57 M16 x 89 135 175 2.5 5 5.563 300 7,292 0- 3⁄32 0° 58' 0.20 7 9 5⁄16 21⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 5.7 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0-6.4 16.8 178 237 57 M16 x 85 135 175 2.6 61⁄2 O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 0- 3⁄32 0° 50' 0.17 7 7⁄8 101⁄2 21⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 6.1 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0-2.38 13.1 200 267 57 M16 x 85 135 175 2.8 6 6.625 300 10,341 0- 3⁄32 0° 49' 0.17 8 1⁄4 103⁄4 21⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 6.1 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0-2.38 14.1 210 273 57 M16 x 85 135 175 2.8 8 8.625 300 17,528 0- 3⁄32 0° 37' 0.13 10 5⁄8 131⁄2 21⁄2 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄4 130 180 11.9 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 0-2.38 10.9 270 343 64 M20 x 110 175 245 5.4 FP-10.16 FIG. C-3 Lightweight Flexible Coupling The instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with SPF® grooving specifications. Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK® SPF/ANVIL® LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. Thorough lubrication of the external surface of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket. For temperatures above 150°F (65˚C) and below 32°F (0˚C) use Gruvlok® SPF/Anvil® Xtreme Lubricant™ and lubricate all gasket surfaces, internal and external. See Gruvlok SPF/Anvil Lubricants in the Technical Data section of the Anvil SPF catalog for additional important information. 1Check and lubricate gasket Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok SPF/Anvil Xtreme Lubricant to the outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. 2Gasket installation Slip the gasket over the pipe end, making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Step 2 Step 3 3Alignment After aligning the two pipe ends together, pull the gasket into position, centering it between the grooves on each pipe. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. Specified Bolt Torque Step 4 4Housings With one nut unthreaded to the end of the bolt, unthread the other nut completely and swing the coupling housing halves over the gasket, making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. Insert the bolt and turn the nuts finger tight. 5Tighten nuts Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to- metal contact. Caution: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. 6Assembly is complete Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. ANSI Specified Bolt Torque Bolt Size Wrench Size Specified Bolt Torque* In. In. Ft.-Lbs 3/8 11/16 30-45 1/2 7/8 80-100 5/8 11/16 100-130 3/4 11/4 130-180 Metric Specified Bolt Torque Bolt Size Wrench Size Specified Bolt Torque* mm mm N-M M10 16 40-60 M12 22 110-150 M16 24 135-175 M20 30 175-245 * Non-lubricated bolt torque * Non-lubricated bolt torque Step 1 Step 5 Step 6 FP-10.16 Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on SPF® couplings. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Caution: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/ or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities, lower bend load capabilities, joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. FP-8.17 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM-A536 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series SK-1 GROOVED CAP Nominal Size O.D.End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 1 1⁄4 0.3 25 33.4 25 0.1 11⁄4 1.660 1 0.4 32 42.2 25 0.2 11⁄2 1.900 1 0.5 40 48.3 25 0.2 2 2.375 1 0.7 50 60.3 25 0.3 21⁄2 2.875 1 1.0 65 73.0 25 0.4 3 3.500 1 1.5 80 88.9 25 0.7 4 4.500 1 1⁄16 2.7 100 114.3 27 1.2 5 5.563 1 1⁄16 4.4 125 141.3 27 2.0 6 6.625 1 1⁄16 6.6 150 168.3 27 3.0 8 8.625 1 3⁄16 11.3 200 219.1 30 5.1 10* 10.750 1 1⁄4 21.0 250 273.1 32 9.5 12* 12.750 1 1⁄4 35.5 300 323.9 32 16.1 *Supplied as Style K-1 only. FIG. SK-1 Cap For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS E to E FP-8.17 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM-A536, Grade 65-45-12 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1”- 10” Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12” Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series R-1 CONCENTRIC REDUCER Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg 11⁄4 x 1 3 5⁄16 0.85 5 x 1 – 4.8 10 x 2 – 16.432 x 25 84 0.4 125 x 25 – 2.2 250 x 50 – 7.4 11⁄2 x 1 3 5⁄16 0.73 5 x 1 1⁄4 – 4.8 10 x 2 1⁄2 – 16.440 x 25 84 0.3 125 x 32 – 2.2 250 x 65 – 7.4 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 1.0 5 x 1 1⁄2 31⁄2 4.8 10 x 3 – 16.440 x 32 84 0.4 125 x 40 89 2.2 250 x 80 – 7.4 2 x 1 (d) 3 5⁄16 0.7 5 x 2 3 1⁄2 4.8 10 x 4 6 16.450 x 25 84 0.3 125 x 50 89 2.2 250 x 100 152 7.4 2 x 11⁄4 (d) 3 5⁄16 0.8 5 x 2 1⁄2 31⁄2 4.8 10 x 5 6 16.450 x 32 84 0.4 125 x 65 89 2.2 250 x 125 152 7.4 2 x 11⁄2 (d) 3 5⁄16 0.8 5 x 3 3 1⁄2 4.8 10 x 6 6 16.450 x 40 84 0.4 125 x 80 89 2.2 250 x 150 152 7.4 21⁄2 x 1 3 5⁄16 1.5 5 x 4 3 1⁄2 4.8 10 x 8 (d) 6 23.165 x 25 84 0.7 125 x 100 89 2.2 250 x 200 152 10.5 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 1.5 6 x 1 – 7.5 10 x 4 6 16.465 x 32 84 0.7 150 x 25 – 3.4 250 x 100 152 7.4 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 35⁄16 1.5 6 x 1 1⁄2 – 7.5 10 x 5 6 16.465 x 40 84 0.7 150 x 40 – 3.4 250 x 125 152 7.4 21⁄2 x 2 3 5⁄16 1.9 6 x 2 (d) 4 6.3 10 x 6 6 16.465 x 50 84 0.9 150 x 50 102 2.9 250 x 150 152 7.4 3 x 1 3 5⁄16 2.4 6 x 2 1⁄2 4 5.1 10 x 8 (d) 6 23.180 x 25 84 1.1 150 x 65 102 2.3 250 x 200 152 10.5 3 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 2.4 6 x 3 (d) 4 4.3 12 x 1 – 19.080 x 32 84 1.1 150 x 80 102 1.9 300 x 25 – 8.6 3 x 11⁄2 35⁄16 2.4 6 x 4 (d) 4 6.3 12 x 2 – 19.080 x 40 84 1.1 150 x 100 102 2.9 300 x 50 – 8.6 3 x 2 (d) 3 5⁄16 1.4 6 x 5 4 7.5 12 x 2 1⁄2 – 19.080 x 50 84 0.6 150 x 125 102 3.4 300 x 65 – 8.6 3 x 21⁄2 (d) 3 5⁄16 1.5 8 x 1 1⁄2 – 9.1 12 x 3 – 19.080 x 65 84 0.7 200 x 40 – 4.1 300 x 80 – 8.6 4 x 1 3 3⁄8 3.2 8 x 2 5 9.1 12 x 4 7 19.0100 x 25 86 1.5 200 x 50 127 4.1 300 x 100 178 8.6 4 x 11⁄4 33⁄8 3.2 8 x 2 1⁄2 5 9.1 12 x 5 7 19.0100 x 32 86 1.5 200 x 65 127 4.1 300 x 125 178 8.6 4 x 11⁄2 (d) 3 3⁄8 2.7 8 x 3 (d) 5 9.2 12 x 6 7 19.0100 x 40 86 1.2 200 x 80 127 4.2 300 x 150 178 8.6 4 x 2 (d) 3 3⁄8 2.5 8 x 4 (d) 5 9.8 12 x 8 7 19.0100 x 50 86 1.1 200 x 100 127 4.4 300 x 200 178 8.6 4 x 21⁄2 (d) 3 3⁄8 3.2 8 x 5 5 9.1 12 x 10 7 19.0100 x 65 86 1.5 200 x 125 127 4.1 300 x 250 178 8.6 4 x 3 (d) 3 2.6 8 x 6 (d) 5 12.0100 x 80 76 1.2 200 x 150 127 5.4 4 x 31⁄2 – 1.0 10 x 1 1⁄2 – 16.4100 x 90 – 0.4 250 x 40 – 7.4 O.D. CHART Nominal Size O.D.Nominal Size O.D.Nominal Size O.D. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./DN(mm) In./mm In./DN(mm) In./mm 1 1.315 3 3.500 6 6.625 25 33.4 80 88.9 150 168.3 11⁄4 1.660 3 1⁄2 4.000 8 8.625 32 42.2 90 101.6 200 219.1 11⁄2 1.900 4 4.500 10 10.750 40 48.3 100 114.3 250 273.1 2 2.375 5 5.563 12 12.750 50 60.3 125 141.3 300 323.9 21⁄2 2.875 65 73.0 (d)=Ductile Iron all others are fabricated. E to E O.D. FIG. R-1 Concentric Reducer LPS 1219: Issue 3.1 Cert/LPCB ref. 519a/26 For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-10.16 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: The C-4 Rigid Coupling is our standard coupling and is designed for rigid piping applications. The C-4 is specially designed to provide a rigid, locked-in pipe connection to meet the specific demands of rigid design steel pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. FIG. C-4 Rigid Coupling MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 BOLTS: SAE J429, Grade 5, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-1, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip HEAVY HEX NUTS: ASTM A563, Grade A, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-2, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: q Standard Gruvlok q Gruvlok Xtreme™ required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. q Pre-Lubricated Grade “E” EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 150°F (Ser vice Temperature Range)(-40°C to 65°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. GASKET TYPE: q Standard C Style q Flush Gap LPS 1219: Issue 3.1 Cert/LPCB ref. 519a/02 For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS Y X Z C-4 RIGID COUPLING Nominal Size Pipe O.D. Max. Working Pressures Max. End Load Range of Pipe End Separation Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque §Approx. Wt. Ea.X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 300 407 0- 1⁄32 23⁄8 4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.2 25 33.4 20.7 1.81 0-0.79 60 102 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.5 11⁄4 1.660 300 649 0- 1⁄32 25⁄8 41⁄4 123⁄32 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.4 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-0.79 67 108 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 11⁄2 1.900 300 851 0- 1⁄32 27⁄8 41⁄2 123⁄32 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.5 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-0.79 73 114 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7 2 2.375 300 1,329 0- 1⁄32 311⁄32 53⁄16 123⁄32 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.7 50 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-0.79 85 132 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.8 21⁄2 2.875 300 1,948 0- 1⁄32 37⁄8 511⁄16 123⁄32 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-0.79 98 144 44 M10 x 63 40 60 0.9 3 O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 0- 1⁄32 41⁄8 61⁄8 17⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 2.2 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-0.79 105 156 48 M10 x 63 40 60 1.0 3 3.500 300 2,886 0- 1⁄32 43⁄4 65⁄8 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 2.4 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 121 168 51 M10 x 63 40 60 1.1 4 4.500 300 4,771 0- 3⁄32 57⁄8 73⁄4 21⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 3.2 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 149 197 54 M10 x 63 40 60 1.4 51⁄2 O.D. 5.500 300 7,127 0-3⁄32 67⁄8 91⁄4 21⁄16 2 1⁄2 x 3 80 100 5 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0-2.38 175 235 52 M12 x 76 110 150 2.2 5 5.563 300 7,292 0- 3⁄32 615⁄16 91⁄16 21⁄16 2 1⁄2 x 3 80 100 4.5 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0-2.38 176 230 52 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 61⁄2 O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 0- 3⁄32 81⁄8 103⁄8 21⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 3 80 100 5.8 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0-2.38 207 264 54 M12 x 76 110 150 2.6 6 6.625 300 10,341 0- 3⁄32 81⁄4 103⁄8 21⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 31⁄4 80 100 5.8 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0-2.38 210 264 54 M12 x 82 110 150 2.6 8 8.625 300 17,528 0- 3⁄32 101⁄2 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 10.8 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 0-2.38 267 337 64 M16 x 89 130 175 4.9 10 10.750 300 27,229 0- 3⁄32 13 16 3⁄4 25⁄8 2 7⁄8 x 5 180 220 21.5 250 273.1 20.7 121.12 0-2.38 331 425 67 M22 x 125 245 298 9.8 12 12.750 300 38,303 0- 3⁄32 153⁄8 191⁄4 25⁄8 2 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 220 27.4 300 323.9 20.7 170.38 0-2.38 391 489 67 M22 x 140 245 298 12.4 For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. FIG. C-4 Rigid Coupling Range of Pipe End Seperation values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. 1. Working pressure and/or end load are total allowable, based on standard weight steel pipe, roll or cut grooved. 2. One time field test pressure may be increased to 1.5 times the figures listed above. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Other sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. FP-10.16 FIG. C-4 Rigid Coupling Step 1 1Check and lubricate gasket Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok SPF/Anvil Xtreme Lubricant to the outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. 2Gasket installation Slip the gasket over the one pipe, making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Step 2 Step 3 3Alignment After aligning the two pipe ends together, pull the gasket into position, centering it between the grooves on each pipe. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. Specified Bolt Torque Step 4 4Housings Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. Place one housing over the gasket, making sure the housing keys fit into the pipe grooves. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both pipes, making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. 5Tighten nuts Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque, keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. Caution: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. 6Assembly is complete Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. ANSI Specified Bolt Torque Bolt Size Wrench Size Specified Bolt Torque* In. In. Ft.-Lbs 3/8 11/16 30-45 1/2 7/8 80-100 5/8 11/16 100-130 7/8 17/16 180-220 Metric Specified Bolt Torque Bolt Size Wrench Size Specified Bolt Torque* mm mm N-M M10 16 40-60 M12 22 110-150 M16 24 135-175 M22 34 245-300 * Non-lubricated bolt torque * Non-lubricated bolt torque Step 5 Step 6 The instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with SPF® grooving specifications. Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK® SPF/ANVIL® LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. Thorough lubrication of the external surface of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket. For temperatures above 150°F (65˚C) and below 32°F (0˚C) use Gruvlok® SPF/Anvil® Xtreme Lubricant™ and lubricate all gasket surfaces, internal and external. See Gruvlok SPF/Anvil Lubricants in the Technical Data section of the Anvil SPF catalog for additional important information. FP-10.16 Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on SPF® couplings. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Caution: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/ or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities, lower bend load capabilities, joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. FP-8.17 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SE-1 are short pattern products and are specifically designed for use in Fire Protection applications where economy is a factor. All products are is UL/ULC Listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved. Maximum working pressure for these products is 300 PSI. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series SE-1 90˚ ELBOW Nominal Size O.D.Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 2 3⁄4 1.5 50 60.3 70 0.7 21⁄2 2.875 3 2.1 65 73.0 76 1.0 3 3.500 3 3⁄8 3.6 80 88.9 86 1.6 4 4.500 4 5.8 100 114.3 102 2.6 6 6.625 5 1⁄2 11.8 150 168.3 140 5.3 8 8.625 6 7⁄8 21.1 200 219.1 175 9.6 SE-1 90˚ ELBOW SHORT PATTERN FITTING – PRESSURE DROP 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Pressure Drop (ft. of Schedule 40 pipe) 8 inch 6 inch 4 inch 3 inch 21/2 inch 2 inch SPF™ short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. SE-1 90˚ grooved end elbows use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. Additional sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. C to E O.D. FIG. SE-1 Short Pattern 90˚ Elbow LPS 1219: Issue 3.1 Cert/LPCB ref. 519a/20 For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-8.17 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: C to E C to E O.D. ST-1 are short pattern products that are specifically designed for use in Fire Protection applications where economy is a factor. All products are UL/ULC Listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved. Maximum working pressure for these products is 300 PSI. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series ST-1 TEE Nominal Size O.D.Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 2 3⁄4 2.9 50 60.3 70 1.3 21⁄2 2.875 3 4.6 65 73.0 76 2.1 3 3.500 3 3⁄8 6.9 80 88.9 86 3.1 4 4.500 4 10.9 100 114.3 102 4.9 6 6.625 5 1⁄2 25.0 150 168.3 140 11.3 8 8.625 6 7⁄8 42.1 200 219.1 175 19.1 ST-1 90˚ TEE SHORT PATTERN FITTING – PRESSURE DROP 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Pressure Drop (ft. of Schedule 40 pipe) 8 inch 6 inch 4 inch 3 inch 21/2 inch 2 inch SPF™ short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. ST-1 grooved end tee branch use 21/2 times the value shown. For Fig. ST-1 grooved end tee run use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. FIG. ST-1 Short Pattern Tee LPS 1219: Issue 3.1 Cert/LPCB ref. 519a/21 For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS Note: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to oPeN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. the valves are required to CLoSe at a pressure above 80% of that rating. the relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNot be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NeVeR have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility SS-M8000M8011-COM · 05/21 TESTa n DRAIN® and Re m o t e TEST® are registered trademarks of AGF Manufacturing Inc. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility Model 8000/8011 c o m m e r c i a lri s e r PacK® Pre-Assembled TESTa n DRAIN® Riser Bronze: 1¼"1½"2" Sch. 10 Powder Coated: 2"2½"3"4"6" The AGF Commercial Ri s e r PACK® Model 8000/8011 are compact pre-packaged economical riser assemblies designed for NFPA 13 wet fire sprinkler systems. Every model utilizes an appropriate sized UL Listed/FM Approved patented AGF Model 2500 or 2511 TESTa n DRAIN® valve designed to comply with NFPA 13 requirements requiring a sight glass for verification during testing through a properly sized orifice. All Ri s e r PACKs® are assembled with UL Listed/FM Approved AGF Model 7500 Pressure Gauge (300 PSI), Model 7600 ¼" 3-Way Globe Valve, and either a 1" NPT or Saddle Mount Water Flow Switch as required by NFPA 13. The Model 8011 includes UL Listed/ FM Approved AGF Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (175 Rated); other ratings are available and may be substituted: 165, 185, 195, 205, 225, or 250. 1¼", 1½", and 2" Models are cast bronze with male • threaded, grooved, or threaded x grooved ends. 2", 2½", 3", 4", and 6" models are Schedule 10 steel • with 3mil red powder coated finish and grooved ends 300 PSI rating• Horizontal or Vertical Installation• 1¼", 1½", and 2" models feature a 1" FNPT M2500 or • M2511 with available orifice sizes of 3⁄8" to 5⁄8" (ELO) 2½" and 3" models feature a 1¼" FNPT M2500 or • M2511 with available orifice sizes of 3⁄8" to ¾" (ESFR) 4" and 6" models feature a 2" grooved M2500 or M2511 • with available orifice sizes of 3⁄8" to K-25 The Model 2500/2511 TESTa n DRAIN® valve offers a unique design benefit that allows system access through the valve for system integrity testing and/or installation of the optional relief valve trim kit (Model 8011) without draining the system. Model 8000 Bronze, Threaded Model 8000 Bronze, Thread x Groove Model 8000 Sch. 10 Powdercoated Model 8011 Bronze, Grooved Model 8011 Sch. 10 Powdercoated Job Name:__________________________________ Architect: ___________________________________ Engineer: ___________________________________ Contractor: _________________________________ USA Patent and Other Patents Pending AGF Manufacturing 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.agfmfg.com 1¼"-2" Model 8000 1¼"-2" Model 8011 2"-6" Model 8000 2"-6" Model 8011 Dimensions SIZE A B C D E BRONZE11⁄4"141⁄2" (369 mm) 14" (356 mm) 43⁄4" (120 mm) 61⁄2" (165 mm) 11" (279 mm) 1½"151⁄2" (394 mm) 141⁄4" (362 mm) 43⁄4" (120 mm) 63⁄4" (171 mm) 12" (305 mm) 2"151⁄2" (394 mm) 143⁄4" (374 mm) 5" (127 mm) 7" (178 mm) 12" (305 mm)STEEL2"17" (432 mm) 12½" (318 mm) 55⁄8" (143 mm) 6" (152 mm) 14" (356 mm) 2½"171⁄8" (435 mm) 141⁄4" (362 mm) 55⁄8" (143 mm) 6" (152 mm) 14" (356 mm) 3"171⁄8" (435 mm) 15" (381 mm) 57⁄8" (149 mm) 63⁄8" (162 mm) 14" (356 mm) 4" *171⁄8" (435 mm) 19" (483 mm) 8" (203 mm) 67⁄8" (175 mm) 14" (356 mm) 6" *171⁄8" (435 mm) 211⁄8" (537 mm) 91⁄8" (232 mm) 77⁄8" (200 mm) 14" (356 mm) *4" and 6" Ri s e r PACKs® feature a 2" groove x groove M2500/2511 TESTa n DRAIN® valve. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest ¼", except "E". Confirm that enough space is left between the Ri s e r PACK® and any obstructions to move handle of M2500/2511 TESTa n DRAIN® valve into the "TEST" position and into the "DRAIN" position. Components Item No.Part Qty. 1 RiserPACK - Bronze Casting 1 2 RiserPACK - Sch. 10 Powdercoated*1 3 M2500 TESTa n DRaIn Valve 1 4 M2511 TESTa n DRaIn Valve 1 5 M7000 Pressure Relief Valve 1 6 M7500 Pressure Gauge 1 7 M7600 ¼" 3-Way Globe Valve 1 8 Brass Nipple 1 9 Brass Nipple 1 10 ¼" Brass Plug 1 11 ½" Brass NPT x Barb 90˚ Elbow 2 12 Clamps 2 13 Nylobraid Drain Tubing 1 14 NPT Water Flow Switch 1 15 Saddle Mount Water Flow Switch 1 *Schedule 40 available Model 8000/8011 c o m m e r c i a lri s e r PacK® A B CD E A B C D E B A E CD B A E CD 1 6 7 10 14 14 15 15 11 11 12 13 13 12 1212 11 11 10 10 10 8 9 9 9 9 8 7 7 7 6 6 6 3 4 5 5 43 1 2 2 Model 7910MAV WWW.PURGENVENT.COM SS-7910 · 1/18 Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility NFPA 13 (2016) 7.1.5 Air Venting A single air vent with a connection conforming to 8.16.6 shall be provided on each wet pipe system utilizing metallic pipe. 8.16.6* Air Venting The vent required by 7.1.5 shall be located near a high point in the system to allow air to be removed from that portion of the system by one of the following methods: • Manual valve, minimum 1/2” (15mm) size • Automatic air vent • Other approved means Ball Float1. Strainer Screen2. Manual Air Venting Valve The PURGEnVENT™ Model 7910MAV Manual Air Venting Valve is designed to exceed NFPA 13 code that requires a single air vent be provided on each wet pipe sprinkler system utilizing metallic pipe. To remove air open the valve while the system is being filled. Once the system is in operation the M7910MAV can be opened and closed in rapid succession to vent any remaining air. AGF recommends installing the M7910MAV at high points of the riser and at high points near the end of system branch lines, whenever possible. Factory Mutual does not offer an approval standard for manual air venting valves. ) )/2$76($/('726($7:,7+:$7(5$1'35(6685()/2:)/2:0$,1%$//029(6)/2$72))6($7 '(7$,/) )/2$76($/('726($7:,7+:$7(5$1'35(6685( '(7$,/+ 0$,1%$//029(6)/2$72))6($7 + ))/2:)/2:+ 1 2 137 9(17 &/26(' 137 9(17 &/26(' 137 9(17 &/26(' Item ID Item Description 7910MAV 1/2” Manual Air Venting Valve Job Name:__________________________________ Architect: ___________________________________ Engineer: ___________________________________ Contractor: _________________________________ Patent Pending AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.agfmanufacturing.com Model 7910MAV Dimensions Model 7910MAV Installation Locations AGF recommends installing the M7910MAV Manual Air Venting Valve at high points of the riser and at high points near the end of system branch lines, whenever possible. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility Note: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to oPeN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. the valves are required to CLoSe at a pressure above 80% of that rating. the relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNot be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NeVeR have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. SS-M1011A_V001-2019 · 8/19 TESTa n DRAIN® is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1011ATESTa n DRaIn® Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve Complies with NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R Requirements • Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve • Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses• 300 PSI rated.• Specifiable orifice sizes: ³⁄• 8" (2.8K), 7⁄16" (4.2K), ½" (5.6K), 17⁄32" (8.0K), 5⁄8" (11.2K, ELO), ¾" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes • Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing• Locking Kit Available• Repair kits are available for all TESTa n DRaIn® valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. The AGF Model 1011A TESTa n DRaIn® provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 1011A features a Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drain pipe. The Model 1011A is available in a full range of sizes (¾" to 2") with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (UL/FM) features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). Sizes: ¾"1"1¼"1½"2" Dimensions SIZE A B C D E F G H ¾"79⁄16" (191 mm) 11⁄2" (37.5 mm) 23⁄16" (57 mm) 35⁄8" (93 mm) 33⁄8" (86 mm) 113⁄16" (46 mm) 49⁄16" (117 mm) 63⁄8" (162.5 mm) 1"79⁄16" (191 mm) 11⁄2" (37.5 mm) 23⁄16" (57 mm) 35⁄8" (93 mm) 33⁄8" (86 mm) 113⁄16" (46 mm) 49⁄16" (117 mm) 63⁄8" (162.5 mm) 11⁄4"715⁄16" (201 mm) 111⁄16" (43 mm) 29⁄16" (65 mm) 41⁄4" (108 mm) 35⁄8" (91 mm) 115⁄16" (51 mm) 59⁄16" (141 mm) 71⁄2" (192 mm) 1½"815⁄16" (227 mm) 113⁄16" (45 mm) 31⁄4" (81.5 mm) 51⁄16" (127 mm) 37⁄8" (99 mm) 25⁄8" (67 mm) 81⁄4" (207 mm) 107⁄8" (274 mm) 2"815⁄16" (227 mm) 113⁄16" (45 mm) 31⁄4" (81.5 mm) 51⁄16" (127 mm) 37⁄8" (99 mm) 25⁄8" (67 mm) 81⁄4" (207 mm) 107⁄8" (274 mm) *Available on 1¼" to 2" size units only • **Available on 1½" and 2" size units only Approvals UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM Job Name:__________________________________ Architect: ___________________________________ Engineer: ___________________________________ Contractor: _________________________________ USA Patent # 4741361 and Other Patents Pending Materials Handle ................Steel Stem ...................Rod Brass Ball ......................C.P. Brass Body ...................Bronze Valve Seat ...........Impregnated Teflon® Indicator Plate ....Steel Relief Valve .........Bronze Bypass Fittings ...Brass Bypass Tubing ....Nylobraid Orifice Sizes 3⁄8", 7⁄16", ½", 17⁄32", 5⁄8" ELO*, ¾" ESFR*, and K25** AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com The Model 1011A provides the following… From the 2019 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 16.10.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 16.10.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) – & 16.10.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 16.10.4.2. Chapter 16.10.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.16.4.1 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow… using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler… Chapter 16.14.1.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Chapter 16.14.1.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location… downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 16.14.2.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler… Chapter 16.14.2.2 The trip test connection… with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 8.1.2.1 - a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve not less than 1/2" in size and set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 16.9.8.3* A listed relief valve of not less than ½" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the components of the system. Chapter A.16.9.8.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve Model 1011ATESTa n DRaIn® Model 1011A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other setting available TO DRAIN TO DRAIN H F G E A A INLET D B C Model 1011A - Front View Model 1011A - Plan View TO DRAIN TO DRAIN H F G E A A INLET D B C OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 72 www.tolco.com Revision 12/15/2008 Size Range — Secures 3/8" thru 7/8" hanger rod Material — Carbon Steel Function — Secures channel to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing. Approvals — Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines Finish — Electro Galvanized Note — Available in HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By — Figure number Fig. 98 - Rod Stiffener Fig. 98B - Rod Stiffener w/Break-off Bolt Head Fig. 99 - All Thread Rod Cut to Length Size Range — Secures 3/8" thru 7/8" rod in 1" increments Material — Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature — 750°F Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By — Figure number, rod diameter, rod length and finish Max Rec. Load Lbs. Rod For Service Temps Approx. Size 650°F Wt./100 1/4 240 12 3/8 730 29 1/2 1350 53 5/8 2160 84 3/4 3230 123 7/8 4480 169 1 5900 222 11⁄4 9500 360 11⁄2 13800 510 Dimensions • Weights Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Size Range — Secures 3/8" thru 11⁄2" rod in 10’ lengths Material — Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature — 750°F Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By — Figure number, rod diameter and finish Dimensions Rod Max. Rec. Load Lbs. Size For Service Temp 650°F 3/8 730 1/2 1350 5/8 2160 3/4 3230 7/8 4480 Fig. 100 - All Thread Rod Full Length FIG. 98B FIG. 98 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 29 www.tolco.com Revision 1/21/2011 Size Range — 2 Z\x" through 8" IPS. Material — Carbon Steel Function — For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals — Underwriter's Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 2 Z\x" - 8". Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 2 Z\x" - 8" pipe. Installation Instructions — The Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install — Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until hex head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish. Order By — Figure number, pipe size and finish. TOLCO® brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER — NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. Fig. 4L Longitudinal “In-Line” Sway Brace Attachment 4-Way Riser Brace (Plan view) * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin θ, where θ the installation angle measured from the vertical. FM approved when used with 1", 11⁄4", 11⁄2" or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. Dimensions • Weights Bolt Max. Rec. *Max Design Approx. Sizes A C D Size Load Lbs. Load Lbs. Wt./100 (cULus) (FM) 21⁄2 67⁄16 21⁄2 23⁄4 1/2 2015 3000 253 3 7 23⁄4 31⁄16 1/2 2015 1550 268 4 81⁄2 33⁄8 311⁄16 1/2 2015 1550 348 5 93⁄4 37⁄8 43⁄8 1/2 2015 1450 380 6 111⁄2 5 51⁄8 1/2 2015 1450 640 8 13 1⁄4 5 5⁄8 5 5⁄8 1/2 2015 1450 728Longitudinal Brace OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 144 www.tolco.com Fig. 906 - Sway Brace Multi-Fastener Adapter Size Range — Use with 1" and 11⁄4" TOLCO UL listed Fig. 900 Series Earthquake Brace Attachments. Material — Carbon Steel Application — Allows sway brace fittings to develop greater load carrying ability by providing multiple fastener attachments. The National Fire Protection (NFPA) provides information on fastener loads to various structures. Refer to NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.5.9.1. Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) only when used with TOLCO 900 Series Earthquake Brace Attachments. Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement infor- mation relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Installation Instructions — The Fig. 906 is a multiple fastener structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a TOLCO transitional attachment, "bracing pipe" and a TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment to form a complete bracing assem- bly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install — Attach the Fig. 906 to the structural surface as per fastener design guidelines. Attach other TOLCO transi- tional attachment fitting Fig. 909, 910, 980 or 986. Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By — Figure number and specify dimensions H1 and H2. TOLCO® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER — NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. Dimensions • Weights Approx. A B C D H1 H2 Wt./100 12 9 2 1/4 Specify Specify Varies Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Revision 3/10/2010 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 150 www.tolco.com Revision 1/21/2011 Size Range — One size fits bracing pipe 1" thru 2", TOLCO 12 gauge channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" thick. Material — Carbon Steel Function — Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features — This product’s design incorporates a concen- tric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.5.8.4 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation — The Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or 4B to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install — Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until set bolt head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Note — The Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and the Fig. 1001, Fig. 1000, Fig. 2002, Fig. 4A, Fig. 4B or Fig. 4L Pipe Clamp make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the require- ments of Underwriters’ Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized finish. Order By — Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 TOLCO® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER — NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment H B A Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Lateral BraceDimensions • Weights Max. Design Max. Design Approx. A B H* Load Lbs. Load Lbs.** Wt./100 (cULus) (FM) 51⁄4 17⁄8 17/32 2765 2800 132 * Available with hole sizes to accommodate up to 3/4" fastener. Consult factory. ** The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin θ, where θ is the installation angle measured from the vertical. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 155 www.tolco.com Revision 5/27/2008 Size Range — Pipe size to be braced: 1" thru 6" Schedule 10 thru 40 IPS.* Pipe size used for bracing: 1" and 11⁄4" Schedule 40 IPS. * Additionally (UL) approved for use to brace Schedule 7 sprinkler pipe up to 4" (maximum horizontal design load 655 lbs.) Torque requirement 6 — 8 ft. lbs. Material — Carbon Steel Function — For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace sys- tem: Fig. 1000 is used in conjunction with a TOLCO Fig. 900 Series Fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13* or TOLCO OSHPD Approved Seismic Manual, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features — Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a 4-way riser brace. Can be used as longitudinal brace with Fig. 907. Comes assembled and individually packaged with illustrated installation instructions — sizes are clearly marked. Steel leaf spring insert provided to assure installer and inspector necessary minimum torque has been achieved. Installation — The Fig. 1000 is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attach- ment component, Fig. 980, 910 or 909 to form a complete bracing assembly. Follow NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines. To Install — Place the Fig. 1000 over the pipe to be braced, insert bracing pipe through opening leaving a minimum of 1" extension. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Tighten hex nuts until leaf spring is flat. It is recommended that the brace angle be adjusted before hex nuts are fully tightened. Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement informa- tion relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Application Note — Position Fast Clamp and tighten two hex nuts until leaf spring flattens. A minimum of 1" pipe extension beyond the Fig. 1000 is recommended. Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By — Order first by pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing, figure number and finish. TOLCO® brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER — NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. Fig. 1000 - “Fast Clamp” Sway Brace Attachment Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Maximum Design Load 1" thru 4" pipe size — 2015 lbs. 6" size — 1265 lbs. Lateral Brace FM Approved Design Loads* 1" - 2½ " - 600 lbs. 3" - 4" - 700 lbs. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 156 www.tolco.com Revision 12/3/2008 Size Range — Pipe size to be braced: 21⁄2" thru 8" IPS.* Pipe size used for bracing: 1" and 11⁄4" Schedule 40 IPS. Material — Carbon Steel Function — For bracing pipe against sway and seismic distur- bance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: The Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a TOLCO 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a com- plete sway brace assembly. Features — Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of brac- ing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note — Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals — Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish. Order By — Indicate pipe size to be braced followed by pipe size used for bracing, figure number and finish. Important Note — The Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete brac- ing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that the Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. The Fig 1001 is not intended for use with the Fig. 907 4-Way Longitudinal Brace Attachment. Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Maximum Design Load Sch. 7 - 1600 lbs. Sch. 10 & 40 w/1" Brace Pipe - 2015 lbs. Sch. 10 & 40 w/11⁄4" Brace Pipe - 2765 lbs. FM Approved Design Loads* 2½ " - 2400 lbs. 3" - 4" - 2500 lbs. 5" - 8" - 1500 lbs. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 65 www.tolco.com Fig. 69R - Retrofit Capable Beam Clamp Retaining Strap Revision 3/10/2010 Size Range — 3/8" and 1/2" rod; 4" thru 16" length. Material — Pre-Galvanized Steel Function — To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.7.1. Features — Beveled locking slot* is precisely formed to align with the threaded section of a hanger rod or set screw and engage the unit securely. May be used as shown in section “A-A” or inverted. Allows easy installation for new construc- tion or retrofit applications. Important Note — Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore, a locking mechanism of some kind, such as the beveled locking slot of the Fig. 69R or a hex nut tightened against other types of retaining straps will provide a more secure and reliable instal- lation. Approvals — Underwriters’ Laboratories listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relat- ing to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Finish — Pre-Galvanized Order By — Figure number, rod or set screw size and length Note — Minimum return on Strap: 1". * Patent #5,947,424 Dimensions Rod Size A Length 3/8" Specify 1/2" Specify Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 91 www.tolco.com Revision 12/18/2008 Fig. 200 - “Trimline” Adjustable Band Hanger Fig. 200R (Import) - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger w/Retainer Ring Size Range — 1/2" thru 8" pipe Material — Carbon Steel, Mil. Galvanized to G90 specifications Function — For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features — • (1/2" thru 2") Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is eas- ily installed around pipe. • (21⁄2" thru 8") Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals — Underwriters’ Laboratories listed (1/2" thru 8") in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (3/4" thru 8"). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171E, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69, Type 10. Maximum Temperature — 650°F Finish — Mil. Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nub. Order By — Figure number and pipe size Note — Figure 200R (import) with retainer ring and non-captured knurl nut. Dimensions • Weights Pipe Rod Size Max. Rec. Approx. Size Inch Metric A B Load Lbs. Wt./100 1/2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 31⁄8 25⁄8 400 11 3/4 3/8 8mm or 10mm 31⁄8 21⁄2 400 11 1 3/8 8mm or 10mm 33⁄8 25⁄8 400 12 11⁄4 3/8 8mm or 10mm 33⁄4 27⁄8 400 13 11⁄2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 37⁄8 27⁄8 400 14 2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 41⁄2 3 400 15 21⁄2 3/8 10mm 55⁄8 41⁄8 600 27 3 3/8 10mm 57⁄8 4 600 29 31⁄2 3/8 10mm 73⁄8 51⁄4 600 34 4 3/8 10mm 73⁄8 5 1000 35 5 1/2 12mm 91⁄8 61⁄4 1250 66 6 1/2 12mm 101⁄8 63⁄4 1250 73 8 1/2 12mm 131⁄8 83⁄4 1250 136 A B A B A B A B Fig. 200 1" - 2"Fig. 200 21⁄2" - 8" Fig. 200R 21⁄2" - 8"Fig. 200R 1/2" - 2" OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 55 www.tolco.com Revision 10/24/2007 Size Range — 3/8" rod, pipe sizes 1/2" thru 4" Material — Carbon Steel Function — Practical and economical bracket used to support piping from wood, concrete or steel beams. Features — Unique design allows rod to be easily threaded into bracket. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment. Center mounting hole will accept 3/8" and 1/2" fastener bolts. Per NFPA 13: 1/2" thru 2" pipe requires 3/8" fastener, 21⁄2" thru 4" pipe requires 1/2" fastener.* Approvals — Underwriters’ Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL), and Factory Mutual Engineering approved thru 4" pipe. *Note — Additionally UL has listed the Fig. 58 with fasteners as shown in table below. Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized finish. Order By — Figure number and finish Fig. 58 - Threaded Side Beam Bracket UL Listed Fastener Table Pipe Size Qty. Fastener Type Material 2 2 #16 x 2 Drive Screws Wood 2 1 3/8 Lag Bolt Wood 21⁄2 - 4 1 1/2 Lag Bolt Wood 31⁄2 2 1/4 x 11⁄2 Lag Bolt Wood 4 2 1/4 x 2 Lag Bolts* Wood 4 2 1/4 x 1 tek screws 14 gauge 4 2 1/4 x 1 tek screws 16 gauge * No pre-drilling required Dimensions • Weights Pipe Rod Max. Rec. Approx. Size Size A B C Load Lbs.* Wt./100 1/2 thru 4 3/8 23⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄8 300 14 * With safety factor of 5. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 40 www.tolco.com Revision 3/10/2010 Size Range — One size fits 3/4" thru 2" pipe. Material — Pre-Galvanized Steel Function — Designed to be used in conjunction with TOLCO® Band Hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficient- ly installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals — Underwriters’ Laboratories Listed only when used with TOLCO band hangers Fig. 2, 2NFPA and 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish — Pre-Galvanized Order By — Figure number and TOLCO band hanger, size from 3/4" thru 2". Patent #5,344,108 Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Beam Clamps All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Beam Clamps 13Fire Protection Solutions Size Range: Fig. 65 - 1/2"-13 rod sizes, and 5/8"-11 rod sizes Fig. 65XT - 3/8"-16 rod size (see below) Material:Steel with hardened cup point set screw and jam nut Function:Recommended for hanging from steel beam where flange thickness does not exceed 3/4” (19.0mm). Features:All steel construction eliminates structural deficiencies associated with casting type beam clamps. May be used on top or bottom flange of beam. (Beveled lip allows hanging from top flange where clearance is limited.) May be installed with set screw in up or down position. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment by allowing the rod to be threaded completely through the clamp. Open design permits inspection of thread engagement. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL)and Canada (cUL). Exceeds requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), pamphlet 13, 3/8"-16 rod will support 1/2” (15mm)thru 4” (100mm)pipe 1/2"-13 rod will support thru 8” (200mm)pipe Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish Fig. 65 Patent #4,570,885 Part Rod Size BCD E No. A in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)in. (mm) 65-1/2 1/2”-13 1 1/2”(38.1)3/4”(19.0)1”(25.4) 9/16”(14.3) 65-5/8 5/8”-11 1 1/2”(38.1)3/4”(19.0)1”(25.4) 9/16”(14.3) Part F Approx. Wt./100 No.in. (mm)Lbs. (kg) 65-1/2 11/4”(31.7)55 (24.9) 65-5/8 11/4”(31.7)55 (24.9) Fig. 65 - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4” (19.0mm)Throat Opening Fig. 65XT - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4” (19.0mm)Throat Opening (bottom of page) Fig. 65XT-3/8 - Beam Clamp B F E A C D Feature:Extruded holes allows for more thread engagement of threaded rod and set screw. Weight:Approx. Wt./100 - 28.0 Lbs. (12.7kg) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Order By:Figure number and finish Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed (cULus)and FM Approved (FM)for up to 4” (100mm)pipe. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. 3/4" (19.0) 19/16" (39.7) 1" (25.4) 7/8" (22.2)13/8" (34.9) Set Screw and Locknut Included Set Screw and Locknut Included Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment •Accepts 3/8” or 1/2” (M10 or M12) threaded rod •Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod •Eliminates need to cut threaded rod to exact dimensions •Works with rough-cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe-side deburring •Can be installed with threaded rod above or below the service pipe •Shear-off head helps ensure correct torque and simplifies inspection L OD RS W H Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter OD Rod Size RS Height H Length L Width W CSBBRP0100EG 1"1.32"3/8", 1/2"6.67"1.63"0.88" CSBBRP0125EG 1 1/4"1.66"3/8", 1/2"7.56"1.97"0.88" CSBBRP0150EG 1 1/2"1.90"3/8", 1/2"8.20"2.21"0.88" CSBBRP0200EG 2"2.38"3/8", 1/2"9.45"2.69"0.88" FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC. WARNING nVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty. © 2021 nVent All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Wood/Concrete •Swivel barrel nut accepts 3/8” or 1/2” (M10 or M12) threaded rod •Attaches to wood or concrete where cracked concrete approval is not needed LRS Sc L H W Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Rod Size RS Height H Length L Width W Screw Diameter Sc Screw Length L Drill Bit Diameter CSBBRS2EG 3/8", 1/2"1.11"1.59"1.06"1/4"1 3/4"3/16" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC. WARNING nVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty. © 2021 nVent All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Threaded Hole •Swivel barrel nut accepts 3/8” or 1/2” (M10 or M12) threaded rod •Attaches to concrete anchors or structural attachments with female threads •Can be used for bolting through steel L RS Sc L H W Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Rod Size RS Height H Length L Width W Screw Diameter Sc Screw Length L CSBBRS3EG 3/8", 1/2"1.11"1.59"1.06"3/8"3/4" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC. WARNING nVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty. © 2021 nVent All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. Model: DGCR Riser Check Valve Grooved Ends www.fi valcoinc.com Technical Features • Connections:Grooved Ends, AWWA C606 • Sizes:2", 2-1/2”, 3”, 4”, 6”, 8” •Approvals:UL, ULC, FM • Maximum Working Pressure:300 PSI •Maximum Test Pressure:600 PSI • Maximum Working Temperature:250˚F (120˚C) •Application:Indoor and Outdoor Use • Low pressure-drop, non-slam performance Component Body Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Nylon-11 Coated Clapper Stainless Steel ANSI 304 Coil Spring Stainless Steel ANSI 302 Nut Stainless Steel ANSI 304 Washer Stainless Steel ANSI 304 Facing Seal Drain Plug Bushing Hook Seat Ring Pin Plug Hinge Pin Rubber Ductile Iron Aluminum Bronze Steel Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Stainless Steel EPDM ASTM A536 B148 ASTM A307 ANSI 304 ASTM A536 ANSI 304 Material Specification Installation Options •Horizontal Installation:Hinge Pin must be located at the top. •Vertical Installation:Direction of the arrow must point upward. 4"4.3 (109.8)8.1(205)4.45 (113.0)3.9 (98)4.5 (114.3)0.3 (8.7)1/2"0.6 (15.8)1.97(50.0)2 (50.8) Size in/mm 2" Dimensions:Inches (Millimeters) 2.2 (57.1)6.7 (170)3.74 (95.0)1.69 (43.0)1 (25.4) 2-1/2"2.7 (69)7.2 (184)3.66 (93.0)1.61(41.0)1.25 (31.75) 3"3.3 (84.7)7.7 (195)3.82 (97.0)1.65 (42.0)1.25 (31.75) 8"8.5 (215.8)14.6 (372)7.9 (201.6)8.6 (218.2)0.4 (10.5)1/2"0.8 (20.1) 2.9 (74)3.5 (89.1)0.3 (8.7)3/8"0.6 (15.8) 2.4 (62.2)2.9 (73)0.3 (8.7)3/8"0.6 (15.8) 1.9 (49)2.4 (60.3)0.3 (8.7)3/8"0.6 (15.8) 6"6.1 (156)6.4 (163.7)6.6 (168.3)0.3 (8.7)1/2"12.6 (320)5.75 (146.0) 6.93 (176.0)2.76 (70.0) 0.6 (15.8)2.36 (60.0)2 (50.8) 2 (50.8) D1 D2 D3 L2 AL BL1 C D www.fivalcoinc.com 175 PSI Butterfly Valve | Grooved 9 Model: DG Technical Features t Connections: Grooved Ends, AWWA C606 t Sizes: 2-1/2”, 3”, 4”, 6”, 8” tApprovals: UL, ULC, FM, and California State Fire Marshal t Maximum Working Pressure: 175 PSI (Max. Test Pressure: 350 PSI) t Maximum Working Temperature: 250˚F (120˚C) tApplication: Indoor and Outdoor Use t'BDUPSZ*OTUBMMFE4VQFSWJTPSZ5BNQFS4XJUDI"TTFNCMZ Material Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel Brass EPDM EPDM Specification "45."/ZMPO$PBUFE "45."&1%.&ODBQTVMBUFE ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 AISI 420 AISI 410 ASTM A510 ASTM B584 EPDM Grade E EPDM Grade E Component O-Ring (All) #PEZ Disc Indicator Housing Handwheel Stem Worm Shaft Shear Pin Gear Segment Housing Gasket Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters) Size: in / mm 2 1/2” 3” A 4.1 (105) 4.4 (112) B 3.7 (9) 3.6 (92) C 3.8(96.4) 3.8(96.4) D 2.9 (73) 3.5 (88.9) E 5.3 (135) 5.6 (142) F 5.3 (135) 5.3 (135) GH 5.0 (128) 5.0 (128) 4”5.7 (145)4.3 (108) 4.5 (115.4)4.5 (114.3) 6.9 (175) 5.3 (135)5.0 (128) 6”7.0 (179)5.7 (146)5.2 (132.4) 6.6 (168)8.2 (209)7.6 (193)8.7 (220) 8”8.0 (204)6.7 (170) 5.8 (147.4) 8.6 (219.1) 9.2 (234)7.6 (193)8.7 (220) 0.3 (6.8) 1.0 (24.2) Fireriser® Model: DG )%JTDDMFBSBODFPGCPEZTVSGBDFUISPVHIFOEPGEJTDJOPQFOQPTJUJPO 13 NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 www.nibco.com Visit our website for the most current information. www.nibco.com AHEAD OF THE FLOW ® 400 PSI WWP Bronze Side Outlet Globe Valves Fire Protection Valve • 3-Way Valve • Screw-In Bonnet • Integral Seat • Renewable Disc MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1 . Handwheel Screw Zinc Plated Steel 2 . Handwheel Aluminum ASTM B85 Alloy C38000 3 . Stem ASTM B133 Alloy C10200 4 . Packing Nut ASTM B16 Alloy C36000 5 . Packing Non Asbestos Aramid Fibers w/Graphite 6 . Bonnet Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 7 . Disc Nitrile 8 . Disc Screw Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Alloy S43000 9 . Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 400 PSI/27 .6 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES Dimensions Size A B C Weight Box Master In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . Lbs . Kg . Qty . Ctn . Qty . ¹⁄4 8 1 .75 44 2 .25 57 .94 24 .41 .19 10 100 KT-291-W3 Threaded KT-291-W3 NPT x NPT x NPT Dezincification Resistant Revised 7/25/2018 WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including lead, which is known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. 6 NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 www.nibco.com Visit our website for the most current information. www.nibco.com AHEAD OF THE FLOW ® Fire Protection Valve • Threaded or Grooved Body Style • Full Port Design 1" - 2" • Standard Port Design 2¹⁄₂" MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1 . Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 2 . Ball Chrome Plated Brass ASTM B124 Alloy C37700 3 . Seat Ring Carbon-filled PTFE 4 . Thrust Washer Reinforced PTFE 5 . Stem Bronze ASTM B371 Alloy C69430 6 . Stem O-Ring Nitrile 7 . Retaining Washer Brass 8 . Retaining Ring Steel 9 . Ground Wire Screw Steel 10 . 505-8 Act Assy . Brass 11 . Body End Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 12 . Mounting Screw Steel 13 . Lock Washer Steel 14 . Handle Pin Brass 15 . Hand Wheel Steel/plastisol coated (1¹⁄₄" -2¹⁄₂") Brass Tee Handle (1") 16 . Indicator Flag Painted Steel 17 . Body Gasket Elastomer 18 . Lead Screw O-Ring Nitrile 19 . Thrust Washer Anti-friction Polymer 20 . Cover Gasket Buna-N 21 . Flag Seal O-Ring Nitrile 22 . Tamper-Proof Screw Stainless Steel 23 . Pipe Plug (-4 units) Stainless Steel (Not shown) Refer to page 64 for details for TS-2M Switch Kit . 300 PSI WWP Bronze Ball Valves 300 PSI/20 .7 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water CONFORMS TO MSS SP-110 • FM APPROVED FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SERVICE • UL LISTED FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SERVICE* • CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHAL LISTING NO . 7770-1243:103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 16 11 KT-505-W-8 Threaded 22 21 14 15 17 18 19 12 13 KT-505-W KG-505-W-8 Grooved (2" & 21/2" only) Dezincification Resistant DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES Dimensions A B Weight Size Threaded Grooved Threaded Grooved C D E F G Cv† Threaded Grooved Box Master In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . Value Lbs . Kg . Lbs . Kg . Qty . Ctn . Qty . 1 25 3 .33 85 – – 1 .66 42 – – 2 .11 54 3 .81 97 2 .31 59 6 .14 156 1 .75 44 57 6 .1 2 .77 – – 1 10 1¹⁄₄ 32 4 .18 106 – – 2 .09 53 – – 2 .46 62 4 .21 107 2 .72 69 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 103 7 .1 3 .23 – – 1 8 1¹⁄₂ 40 4 .70 119 – – 2 .35 60 – – 2 .95 74 4 .46 113 2 .97 75 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 143 8 .1 3 .68 – – 1 4 2 50 5 .15 131 6 .71 170 2 .57 65 3 .36 85 3 .69 94 4 .67 119 3 .18 81 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 245 10 .7 4 .86 9 .7 4 .40 1 4 2¹⁄₂ 65 5 .65 144 7 .28 185 2 .92 74 3 .64 93 3 .75 95 4 .67 119 3 .18 81 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 183 13 .0 5 .91 12 .6 5 .73 1 4 † Note: Cv is defined as the flow in GPM that a valve will carry with a pressure drop of 1 .0 psi when the media is water at 60° F . DO NOT USE FOR NATURAL GAS * Compliance with the applicable requirements of the Standard for Butterfly Valves for Fire Protection Service, UL 1091B . Revised 7/25/2018 WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including lead, which is known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 www.nibco.com 16 AHEAD OF THE FLOW ® www.nibco.com 1 . Nut Steel plated ASTM A 108 Alloy G10100 2 . Name Plate Aluminum ASTM B 209 Alloy 1100 3 . Handwheel Cast Iron ASTM A 48 Class No . 35 4 . Stem Brass ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 5 . Packing Nut Brass ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 or B 584 Alloy C85700 *6 . Gland Brass ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 7 . Packing Graphite/Rubber Non-Asbestos 8 . Bonnet Brass ASTM B 584 Alloy C85700 9 . Lock Nut Brass ASTM B 16 Alloy C 36000 10 . Wedge Brass ASTM B 584 Alloy C85700 11 . Body Brass ASTM B 584 Alloy C85700 MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION TI-8 Threaded SI-8 Solder SI-8 Cup x Cup Brass Gate Valve 200 PSI/14 Bar Non-Shock Cold Working Pressure * Packing gland only for valves 1¹⁄₂” and larger . † Available with Drain in sizes ¹⁄₂" and C⁄v" for TI-8 . Specify TI-8D on order . DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS Dimensions TI-8 SI-8 TI-8 SI-8 TI-8 SI-8 TI-8 SI-8 SI-8 WEIGHT Size A A B B C C D D E F TI-8 SI-8 In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . Lbs . Kg . Lbs . Kg . ¹⁄v 8 1 .61 41 — — 2 .76 70 — — 2 .13 54 — — 0 .39 10 — — — — — — 0 .55 0 .25 — — C₈ 10 1 .61 41 — — 2 .76 70 — — 2 .13 54 — — 0 .39 10 — — — — — — 0 .55 0 .25 — — ¹⁄₂ 15 1 .69 43 1 .77 45 2 .83 72 2 .83 72 2 .13 54 2 .13 54 0 .50 12 0 .50 13 .63 16 0 .50 13 0 .59 0 .27 0 .59 0 .27 C⁄v 20 1 .85 47 2 .32 59 3 .31 84 3 .31 84 2 .13 54 2 .13 54 0 .75 19 0 .75 19 .88 22 0 .75 19 0 .77 0 .35 0 .77 .035 1 25 2 .13 54 2 .76 70 3 .86 98 3 .86 98 2 .40 61 2 .40 61 0 .94 24 0 .94 24 1 .13 29 0 .91 23 1 .06 0 .48 1 .06 0 .48 1¹⁄v 32 2 .40 61 2 .87 73 4 .57 116 4 .57 116 3 .03 77 3 .03 77 1 .25 32 1 .25 32 1 .38 35 0 .97 25 1 .54 0 .70 1 .54 0 .70 1¹⁄₂ 40 2 .56 65 3 .19 81 4 .92 125 4 .92 125 3 .03 77 3 .03 77 1 .48 38 1 .48 38 1 .63 41 1 .09 28 2 .11 0 .96 2 .11 0 .96 2 50 2 .83 72 3 .90 99 6 .02 153 6 .02 153 3 .27 83 3 .27 83 1 .94 49 1 .94 49 2 .13 54 1 .34 34 3 .17 1 .44 3 .17 1 .44 *2¹⁄₂ 65 3 .50 89 4 .61 117 7 .32 186 7 .32 186 4 .13 105 4 .13 105 2 .48 63 2 .48 63 2 .63 67 1 .47 37 3 .79 2 .63 5 .79 2 .63 *3 80 3 .98 101 5 .20 132 8 .70 221 8 .70 221 4 .41 112 4 .41 112 2 .95 75 2 .95 75 3 .13 80 1 .66 42 8 .10 3 .68 8 .10 3 .68 *4 100 4 .57 116 — — 10 .16 258 — — 6 .67 172 — — 3 .62 92 — — — — — — 20 .94 9 .52 — — *Conventional Port only Brass Body • Non-Rising Stem • Full Port TI-8 NPT x NPT NOT FOR USE WITH POTABLE DRINKING WATER APPLICATIONS AFTER JANUARY 3, 2014 . WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including lead, which is known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm . For more information go to www .P65Warnings .ca .gov . Revised 6/15/2021 9 NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 www.nibco.com Visit our website for the most current information. www.nibco.com AHEAD OF THE FLOW ® 175 PSI WWP Bronze Globe Valves Fire Protection Valve • Threaded Ends • Rubber Disc • Screw Over Bonnet MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1 . Handwheel Aluminum 2 . Handwheel Screw Carbon Steel Stainless Steel (1") 3 . Stem Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 or ASTM B505 Alloy C84400 4 . Packing Nut Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C83600 or ASTM B16 5 . Packing Graphite Impregnated (Non Asbestos) 6 . Bonnet Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 7 . Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 8 . Seat Disc EPDM Rubber (1/4" - 3/8") Nitrile (1/2" - 1") 9 . Seat Screw Stainless Steel 10 . Pack Washer Sheet Brass 175 PSI/12 .1 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water UL LISTED* DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES Dimensions Size A B Weight Box Master In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . Lbs . Kg . Qty . Ctn . Qty . † ¹⁄₄ 8 2 .00 50 2 .75 70 .48 .22 10 100 † ³⁄₈ 10 2 .00 50 2 .75 70 .45 .20 10 100 ¹⁄₂ 15 2 .28 58 3 .12 79 .68 .31 10 60 ³⁄₄ 20 2 .28 58 3 .12 79 .74 .34 10 60 1 25 3 .12 79 4 .50 114 1 .68 .76 5 25 * UL Listed for Trim and Drain use (Subject 258) – sizes ¹⁄₂", ³⁄₄" , 1" . Size ¹⁄₄" and ³⁄₈" supplied as KT-65 (Not UL Listed) . Subject to AHJ Approval . † NOTE: See KT-211-W-UL for 1 ¹⁄₄" -2" sizes . KT-65-UL Threaded KT-65-UL NPT x NPT Revised 7/25/2018 Dezincification Resistant WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including lead, which is known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 Screw Stainless Steel 2 Hand Wheel Zinc 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 O-Ring Nitrile 5 Washer Brass 6 Stem Brass 7 Body Bronze Size 1/4” A 1.750 B 1.734 C 2.469 Ship Wgt. (lbs.) 0.34 Qty. Per Ctn. 25 UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC. 714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317 Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com Model 76 Gauge Test Valve 300 WOG @ 180 ° Max 100% Pressure Tested Screwed Ends *Contains lead. Not Intended for Use in Potable Water Systems* UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC 714 S. Main St.. Randleman, N.C. 27317 Phone: 800/334-3 035 Fax: 800/498-4696 MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Zinc 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asb. 5 Bonnet (¼” – 1”) Bonnet (1¼” – 2”) Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Disc Holder Brass 7 Disc Buna N 8 Body Bronze Size ½” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2” A 2.22 2.47 2.97 3.56 4.06 4.69 B 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.72 3.72 C (closed) 3.38 3.50 4.25 4.75 5.50 5.50 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.69 0.94 1.76 2.50 3.26 5.32 Qty. Unit Pack 12 6 6 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 72 60 36 24 12 12 Model 125SUL Globe Valve Soft Disc UL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Service at 250 WOG 200 WOG @ 180 ° Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends Rising Stem • Integral Seat Swivel Disc Holder *Contains Lead. Not Intended for Use in Potable Water Systems* Size ½” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2” A 1.03 1.22 1.47 1.75 2.00 2.34 B 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.72 C (closed) 3.13 3.25 4.38 4.50 5.25 5.63 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.69 0.94 1.76 2.50 3.26 5.32 Qty. Unit Pack 12 6 6 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 72 60 36 24 12 12 UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC. 714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317 Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com Model 126SUL Angle Valve Soft Disc UL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Service at 250 WOG 200 WOG @ 180 ° Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends Rising Stem • Integral Seat Swivel Disc Holder *Contains Lead. Not Intended for Use in Potable Water System* MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Zinc or Ductile Iron 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asbestos 5 Bonnet (½” – 1”) Bonnet (1 ¼” – 2”) Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Seat Assembly Brass 7 Disc Buna N 8 Body Bronze BELLS PBA-AC & PDC-DC 5400777 - REV A • 12/20 PAGE 1 OF 2 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com Description These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4” (101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 or HC-BB weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK- 1 or HC-BB, Stock No. 1500001. Notes 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C) 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to PDC-DC bells. Technical Specifications Dimensions 6” (150mm), 8” (200mm) and 10” (250mm) Enclosure Cover: Steel Finish: Red Powder Coat Base: non-corrosive composite material All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Model BBK-1 or HC-BB weatherproof backbox (optional) Voltages Available 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Environmental Limitations Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - 18 AWG stranded wire Service Use NFPA 13, 72, local AHJ *Specifications subject to change without notice. Features • Listed for indoor and outdoor use • Outdoor use requires BBK-1 or HC-BB weatherproof back box • Indoor use mounts directly to standard 4” box • Low current draw • High dB output • AC and DC models • DC models are motor driven, polarized, and have built in transient protection for supervised alarm circuits • Available in 6”, 8” and 10” sizes In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or HC-BB. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. R * ULC on PDC-DC Only Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6 (150)12VDC PDC-6-12 1750500 200mA 96 76 8 (200)12VDC PDC-8-12 1750502 .200mA 96 77 10 (250)12VDC PDC-10-12 1750504 .200mA 96 78 6 (150)24VDC PDC-6-24 1750501 .20mA 95 77 8 (200)24VDC PDC-8-24 1750503 20mA 83 79 10 (250)24VDC PDC-10-24 1750505 20mA 85 80 6 (150)24VAC PBA246 1806024*.17A 91 78 8 (200)24VAC PBA248 1808024*.17A 94 77 10 (250)24VAC PBA2410 1810024*.17A 94 78 6 (150)120VAC PBA1206 1806120*.05A 92 83 8 (200)120VAC PBA1208 1808120*.05A 99 84 10 (250)120VAC PBA12010 1810120*.05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. *** ** FM on PBA-AC Only 5400777 - REV A • 12/20 PAGE 2 OF 2 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 800-325-3936 • www.pottersignal.com BELLS PBA-AC & PDC-DC Wiring Rear View Installation Bell Dimension Inches (mm) Fig 1 Fig 3 2 11/16” (68 mm)DWG# 776-1 10” (250 mm)8” (200 mm)6” (150 mm) 5 3/4” (146 mm) 1 5/8” (41 mm) DWG# 776-2 3 3/8” (86 mm) 4 1/4” (108 mm) 3 3/8” (86 mm) 5” (127 mm) Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig 2 The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90” AFF and not less than 6” below the ceiling. 1. Remove the gong. 2. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). 3. Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). 4. Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). 5. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). MODEL BBK-1 OR HC-BBFailure to install striker down will prevent bell from ringing. NOTES: 1. OBSERVE POLARITY TO RING D.C. BELLS.2. RED WIRES POSITIVE (+).3. BLACK WIRES NEGATIVE (-).4. EOL RESISTOR IS SUPPLIED BY FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. NOTES: 1. WHEN USING A.C. BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPERATELY AFTER LAST BELL.2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS . NOTES: 1. OBSERVE POLARITY TO RING D.C. BELLS.2. RED WIRES POSITIVE (+).3. BLACK WIRES NEGATIVE (-).4. EOL RESISTOR IS SUPPLIED BY FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. NOTES: 1. WHEN USING A.C. BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPERATELY AFTER LAST BELL.2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS . PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCB Approved, For CE Marked (EN12259-5) / VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM (15-38 LPM) - UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min. at 24VDC Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL • Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. Ordering Information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2"DN50 VSR-2 1144402 2 1/2"DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 3"DN80 VSR-3 1144403 3 1/2"-VSR-3 1/2 1144435 4"DN100 VSR-4 1144404 5"-VSR-5 1144405 6"DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8"DN200 VSR-8 1144408 Specifications subject to change without notice. Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard times. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com General Information The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed for use on a steel pipe; schedules 5 through 40, sizes 2" - 6" and is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering Information chart. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Enclosure The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR waterflow switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 PAGE 2 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow. Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. ADAPTER USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE DN50 ONLY ADAPTER 50mm 20mm ±2mm MAX. DWG# 1146-1F Fig. 1 NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Retard Adjustment The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from 0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at the minimum required to prevent false alarms (Flowing water activates device in one direction only.) DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOWDIRECTION OF WATERFLOW Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered. Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts TorqueLightwallSchedule 10 (UL)Schedule 40 (UL)BS-1387 (LPC)DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 .065 1.651 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25 + .125/- .062 33.0 ± 2.0 20 27 VSR-2 1/2 2.5 -2.875 73.0 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 ---- VSR-2 1/2 -DN65 3.000 76.1 ------0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 .083 2.108 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 2.00 ± .125 50.8 ± 2.0 VSR-3 1/2 3.5 -4.000 101.6 --0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 ---- VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 -5.563 141.3 --0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 ---- VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 .115 2.921 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 --0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm. If an alarm is not desired, a qualified technician should disable the alarm system. PRINTED IN USA PAGE 3 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at inside edge of knockouts, not in the center. DWG 1146-4 Fig. 2 Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. 3 Break out thin section of cover when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector’s test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig. 6 Mounting Dimensions DWG. 1146-14 3.50 in (89.0 mm) 2.34 in (59.4 mm) PIPE DIA. + 5.25 in (+ 133.4 mm) 5.56 in (141.2 mm)2.00 in (50.8 mm) U-BOLT NUT U-BOLT WASHER PIPE SADDLE PIPE PLASTIC PADDLE U-BOLT NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR DN 50 – DN 65 2–2.5 in NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in (+54.0 MM) FOR DN 80 – DN 200 3–8 in DWG 1146-15 GREEN GROUND SCREWS Fig. 7 An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. Notes: 1. The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. 2. For supervised circuits, see “Switch Terminal Connections” drawing and warning note (Fig. 4). Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections LOAD TO BELLNEUTRAL FROM BELL CONNECTOR EOL (End Of Line Resistor) BELLNEUTRAL FROM BREAKER BREAKER LINE FROM BREAKER NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use the panel’s resistor value for circuit supervision. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M 11/15 PAGE 4 OF 4 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Removal of Waterflow Switch • To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. Fig. 8 Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 8) The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re-install the (2) original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble-free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 8). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. DWG# 1146-10 BREAK OUT THIN SECTION OF COVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. DO NOT REMOVE (2) RETARD HOUSING SCREWS REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS (2) LOCATING PINS (2) LOCATING PIN BOSSES IN BASE BASE MFG. #8830050 - REV B 09/14 PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 2 ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO 63042 USA• Cust Service: 866-572-3005 • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 • Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com Description The Potter WPBB Outdoor Enclosure is ANSI/UL 464 listed for use in indoor and outdoor applications when used with the Potter EH Series horn and Outdoor Series strobe and horn/strobe. Description The Potter SPKRBB Outdoor Back Box is constructed of durable plastic is ANSI/UL 464 listed for use in indoor and outdoor applications when used with the Potter Series speaker and speaker/strobe. Description The Potter WPLPBB Low Profile Outdoor Enclosure that creates a surface mount look, is ANSI/UL 464 listed for use in indoor and outdoor applications when used with the Potter EH Series horn and Outdoor Series strobe and horn/strobe. WPBB AND WPLPBB NOTES: • Product does not meet ANSI/UL 1971 light distribution requirements • To allow for drainage, the seal on the bottom edge is not water tight WPBB Outdoor Enclosure WPLPBB Outdoor Enclosure SPKRBB Outdoor Enclosure Features • ANSI/UL 464 listed • Black box with side mount tabs • Made of clear Lexan® providing maximum visibility and reliability • Unit Dimensions: 5.75" (14.61 cm) high x 4.75" (12.10 cm) wide x 4.18" (10.62 cm) deep • 3/4" conduit knockouts • Reinforcement steel hardware • Outdoor resistant gasket • Available in red or off-white Features • ANSI/UL 464 listed • 1/2" conduit knockouts with metal washer reinforcement • Wiremold knockouts for 500, 700 Series and pendulum mount • Unit Dimensions: 6.20" (15.75 cm) square x 2.04" (5.18 cm) deep • Reinforcement steel hardware • Outdoor resistant gasket • Available in red or off-white Features • ANSI/UL 464 listed • Back box with outdoor resistant seal for mounting to wall • Made of clear Lexan® providing maximum visibility and reliability • Unit dimensions: 5.75" (14.61 cm) high x 4.75" (12.10 cm) wide x 3.25" (8.255 cm) deep • 3/4" conduit knockouts • Reinforcement steel hardware • Outdoor resistant gasket • Available in red or off-white MFG. #8830050 - REV B 09/14 PRINTED IN USA PAGE 2 OF 2 ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO 63042 USA• Cust Service: 866-572-3005 • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 • Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com Description The Potter AVBB Surface Back Box is constructed of durable plastic and is fully compatible with the wall mount horns, strobes, and horn/strobes. Description The Potter ALERT and AGENT bezels are constructed of durable plastic and is fully compatible with the wall mount horns, strobes, and horn/strobes. Description The Potter CLNGBB Surface Back Box is constructed of durable plastic and is fully compatible with the ceiling mount strobes and horn/strobes. Features • ANSI/UL lsited for indoor use • 1/2" conduit knockouts with metal washer reinforcement • Wiremold knockouts for 500 and 700 Series • Unit Dimensions: 5.57" (14.15 cm) high x 4.55" (11.56 cm) wide x 1.47" (3.73 cm) deep • Screw heads hidden • Available in red or off-white Features • Easy to install • ALERT or AGENT wording on both sides of bezel • Available in red or off-white Features • ANSI/UL listed for indoor use • 1/2" conduit knockouts with metal washer reinforcement • Wiremold knockouts for 500, 700 Series and pendulum mount • Unit Dimensions: 6.2" (15.75 cm) round x 1.67" (4.24 cm) deep • Screw heads hidden • Available in red or off-white AVBB Surface Back Box Alert & Agent Bezels CLNGBB Ceiling Surface Back Box OFFICE OF THE FIRE MARSHAL – LA QUINTA 78495 Calle Tampico, La Quinta, CA 92253 • Phone (760) 777-7074 • www.rvcfire.org April 15, 2022 Shasta Fire Protection 72120 North Shore Street #C Thousand Palms, CA 92276 Re: New Fire Sprinkler System Plan Review – TALUS GOLF CLUBHOUSE FSS2022-0010 / 79565 CLUBHOUSE DRIVE, LA QUINTA, CA 92253 The sprinkler plans you submitted for the above referenced project have been reviewed by Riverside County Fire Department - Office of the Fire Marshal personnel and are approved with the following conditions. 1) Approval of these plans does not include the piping of the underground system. Installing contractor shall provide separate underground plans for review and approval prior to installation. 2) All persons performing work on the automatic fire sprinkler system shall be Certified Sprinkler Fi tters or Registered with the State Fire Marshal for Apprentice or Trainee classification. 3) The completed Contractor’s Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping shall be provided to the fire inspector prior to a final inspection. 4) Permanently marked identification signs shall be attached to all control valves. 5) A sign shall be located adjacent to the alarm bell worded as follows: a) SPRINKLER FIRE ALARM - WHEN BELL RINGS CALL 911 6) The fire sprinkler system shall be monitored and supervised by an approved Dedicated Function - Fire Sprinkler Monitoring System. 7) Each system shall have an Air-Relief valve in compliance with NFPA 13 installed in a remote, most elevated location. 8) CA compliant Hydraulic Calculation Placards shall be installed on the riser or other approved location. Risers shall have signage indicating the location of remotely located placards. 9) Single head sprinkler drops located in suspended ceilings shall be provided with seismic escutcheons or other approved devices for restraint or seismic bonding. 10) The following inspections/tests are required to be witnessed by Office of the Fire Marshal staff: a) Overhead Rough: All installed/relocated piping must be visible. b) Overhead Hydro: Entire system shall be hydrostatically tested at a minimum of 200 psi for 2 hours. c) Underground Supply Flush: Flush of the underground supply line until clear of all debris and to the satisfaction of the inspector. d) Final inspection: Water-flow signal test as performed from the inspector test valve. As-Built plans required to be maintained on site as approved by the inspector. General Information sign and Hydraulic Calculation plate(s) provided. Title 19 “New” system tag affixed to riser. NOTE: The underground flush shall be done through a pipe or hose equal in size to the sprinkler underground supply pipe, prior to connection to the above ground sprinkler piping. The Fire Department approved plans and conditions letter must be at the job site. Applicant/installer shall be responsible to contact the Fire Department to schedule inspections. Requests for inspections are to be made at least 48 hours in advance and may be arranged by calling (760)777-7131. All questions regarding the meaning of these conditions should be referred to the Office of the Fire Marshal staff at (760)777-7074. Kohl Hetrick - Fire Safety Specialist 78495 CALLE TAMPICO, LA QUINTA, CA 92253 / 760-777-7000 / INSPECTION HOTLINE: 760-777-7131 RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE PROTECTION PLANNING RECORD OF INSPECTIONS / PERMIT CARD THIS CARD IS TO REMAIN ON SITE AT ALL TIMES. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR MUST BE PRESENT FOR ALL INSPECTIONS. SEE NOTES ON REVERSE SIDE. JOB ADDRESS: 79565 CLUBHOUSE DRIVE PERMIT#: FSS2022-0010 DATE ISSUED: 4/15/2022 DESCRIPTION: TALUS GOLF CLUBHOUSE CONTRACTOR: SHASTA FIRE PROTECTION HYDRANT SYSTEM DATE INITIALS SPECIAL SUPPRESSION DATE INITIALS Thrust block pre-pour Door fan test UG rough piping Abort test UG hydro Mechanical shutdown Flush Detector test Final E F Deluge/pre-action SPRINKLER U.G. Final E F Thrust block pre-pour UST/AST TANK UG rough piping Installation UG hydro Removal Flush Emergency shut off Final E F Primary piping FIRE SPRINKLER Secondary piping Weld inspection Dispensers & shear valves Overhead rough piping Final E F Overhead hydro MISC. INSPECTIONS UG flush / OK to connect Spray booths Main drain/inspectors’ test Hood/duct extinguishing High pile storage High pile rack storage In-rack sprinklers H.P. vents/access/corridors Hose racks Tract access/hydrant verification Final E F Access & Address verification HOOD EXTINGUISHING OTHER CONST. PERMIT Detection system Function test Gas/electrical shut-off Nozzle model/placement Fire alarm connection Final E F SPRAY BOOTHS FIRE CODE PERMIT(S) Installation Air flow test Mechanical interlock Extinguishing system Fire alarm connection Final E F FIRE ALARM KNOX SYSTEM Rough-wire inspection Building Knox box Function test Gate access Knox box/padlock Duct detectors/velocity BUILDING INSPECTIONS 24 hr. battery test T/I final Sprinkler monitoring Shell final Final E F Final for occupancy FINAL INSPECTION DATE: INSPECTORS SIGNATURE: **WHEN CALLING FOR AN INSPECTION PLEASE HAVE PERMIT NUMBER READY. SEE NOTES ON REVERSE SIDE** 78495 CALLE TAMPICO, LA QUINTA, CA 92253 / 760-777-7000 / INSPECTION HOTLINE: 760-777-7131 INSPECTION NOTES 1. Sway bracing and hangers will be inspected at the time of rough piping inspection. 2. All required hydrostatic pressure tests shall maintain 200 psi for a 2-hour duration. (EX: Residential Fire Sprinkler Systems) 3. Fire sprinkler system remodels: if indicated on plans or this card, a hydrostatic pressure test shall be required. 4. All underground joints and thrusts blocks shall be exposed and readily visible during the hydrostatic test. 5. Contractor shall supply all testing equipment, access and operating instructions at time of test. 6. All systems shall be inspected, tested, and approved by a Fire Inspector before any work is started that may cause the affected system to be covered or hidden. POLICIES ON FIELD INSPECTIONS A. INSPECTION REQUESTS: Inspections are made subject to availability. Please have the permit number available when scheduling inspections. For City of La Quinta inspections call: (760) 777-7131. B. APPROVED PLANS: Shall be kept on the job site at all times that work is in progress. Work shall NOT commence without approved plans. C. INSPECTION REQUESTS: As required by the California Fire Code, the appropriate installing contractor shall be required to schedule the necessary inspections and be present on site for inspections. D. RE-INSPECTIONS: Will be charged against a permit when an inspection has failed, is not ready, the responsible party not on site or where previously noted corrections have not been completed. E. COMMODITIES: Unless otherwise noted on approved plans or letter of conditions, no commodities shall be entered into the structure until clearance has been granted by the Fire Dept and Building Official. F. OCCUPANCY: Buildings shall NOT be occupied by persons other than construction workers until a Final Fire Clearance has been granted by the Fire Dept and a Certificate for Occupancy has been issued by the Building Official. INSPECTION NOTES: THIS CARD IS REQURIED TO BE POSTED AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. THIS CARD AND APPROVED PLANS MUST BE AVAILABLE AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS. THIS PERMIT SHALL EXPIRE AND BECOME NULL AND VOID IF THE WORK AUTHORIZED IS NOT COMMENCED WITHIN 180 DAYS OR IF THE WORK IS SUSPENDED OR ABANDONED FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS OR MORE. THIS PERMIT IS FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL ONLY AND DOES NOT INTEND TO ABROGATE MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER AGENCIES HAVING RESPONSIBILITY. DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 78-495 Calle Tampico La Quinta, California 92253 (760) 777-7125 / FAX (760) 777-7011 NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT PERMIT NO. PROJECT INFORMATION (Please Print) Project Name: Sign: Site Address: Print: City & Zip: Project Description: • Pursuant to a Cooperative Agreement to Provide Fire Services, the Riverside County Fire Department serves as the City’s fire department, and the County designee serves as the City’s fire chief. Applicant recognizes this contracted arrangement and shall comply with County Fire Department directions. APPLICANT/CONTACT INFORMATION CONTRACTOR INFORMATION: Same as Applicant info Applicant Name: Contractor #: Contact Person: Contact Person: Mailing Address: Mailing Address: City & Zip: City & Zip: Phone Number: Fax : Phone Number: Fax : Email: Email: ------------ HOURLY@161/HR $670 HOURLY@161/HR $791 $992 $418 $1234 HOURLY@161/HR $418 HOURLY@161/HR ------------ HOURLY@161/HR $418 $498 HOURLY@161/HR $579 HOURLY@161/HR $176 $901 $590 HOURLY@161/HR $659 $418 $579 $1062 $418 $740 HOURLY@161/HR HOURLY@161/HR HOURLY@161/HR HOURLY@161/HR 1 Armando Magallon From:Tommi Sanchez Sent:Wednesday, August 24, 2022 11:53 AM To:Armando Magallon Cc:Celeste Villanueva; Krystena Blondell; Daniela Batuta Subject:RE: REFUND DUE TO OVERPAYMENT - DUPLICATE PAYMENTS RECEIVED DUE TO ETRAKIT ERROR Hi Armando, I approve the refunds on the permits below based on duplicate payments from system error. I approve the refunds on licenses based on duplicate payments from system error. Please make notes in Trakit. Thank you, Tommi Sanchez | Hub Manager Design and Development City of La Quinta 78495 Calle Tampico | La Quinta, CA 92253 Ph. 760.777.7077 www.laquintaca.gov www.playinlaquinta.com City Hall is now open to the public during normal business hours. Please follow all CDC and State recommended guidelines as they pertain to COVID-19 safety and awareness. All public services continue to be available via phone, email or online web portal and the public is encouraged to utilize these services when possible. Thank you. From: Armando Magallon <amagallon@laquintaca.gov> Sent: Wednesday, August 24, 2022 11:35 AM To: Tommi Sanchez <Tsanchez@laquintaca.gov> Cc: Celeste Villanueva <cvillanueva@laquintaca.gov>; Krystena Blondell <kblondell@laquintaca.gov>; Daniela Batuta <dbatuta@laquintaca.gov> Subject: REFUND DUE TO OVERPAYMENT - DUPLICATE PAYMENTS RECEIVED DUE TO ETRAKIT ERROR Good morning Tommi, We need to complete some refunds for both permits and licenses. Most of the refunds are permits except for the 3 that are highlighted in yellow, which are licenses and the reason for their refunds are as follows: Permits - We need to process permit refunds due to duplicate payments that were received through our eTRAKIT system. 2 The duplicate payments were received due to errors customers were getting when paying for their permits. Licenses - Licenses need to be refunded due to the applicant paying multiple times the invoice that we sent via authorize. The list of permits/licenses is as follows: License/Permit Amount to be refunded License/Permit Amount to be refunded FSS2021-0129 83 GRP2022-0005 7759 BWFE2022- 0094 142.05 BPOL2021- 0224 83.37 BMCH2022- 0097 192.07 FSS2022-0010 923 BWFE2022- 0060 175.39 BELC2022-0066 150.38 BRES2022-0214 507.84 BSOL2022-0189 233.76 BCPR2021- 0027 667 BSOL2022-0187 233.76 BWFE2022- 0028 175.39 BRES2020-0329 83.37 BRER2022- 0046 187.07 BRES2020-0228 83.37 BSOL2022-0079 178.18 BWFE2022- 0187 3566.5 BRES2020-0230 83.5 FSS2022-0219 183 BSOL2022-0079 178.18 BELC2022-0082 178.18 BPOL2022- 0097 83.37 BSOL2022-0166 484.52 BSOL2022-0094 206.96 BPAT2022- 0018 239.49 LIC-769223 105 BPOL2022- 0097 83.37 LIC-769961 29 BPAT2022- 0022 240.18 LIC-769347 44 I have attached the list that was sent over from finance to this email as well, I went through and verified that all these permits could still be refunded via authorize. Let me know If you have questions. 3 Thank you, Armando Magallon | Permit Technician Design & Development City of La Quinta 78495 Calle Tampico | La Quinta, CA 92253 Ph. 760.777.7013 www.laquintaca.gov www.playinlaquinta.com